TM1591
User Manual: TM1591
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 566
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
322, 330, 332 and 430 Lawn and Garden Tractors For complete service information also see: Yanmar Gasoline Engines. . . . . . . . . . . . . CTM12 John Deere Series 220 Diesel Engines . . . CTM3 John Deere Horicon Works TM1591 (15JUL95) LITHO IN U.S.A. ENGLISH Introduction FOREWORD This manual is written for an experienced technician. Essential tools required in performing certain service work are identified in this manual and are recommended for use. Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the introduction of this manual and the cautions presented throughout the text of the manual. N This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol on the machine or in this manual, be alert to the potential for personal injury. Technical manuals are divided in two parts: repair and diagnostics. Repair sections tell how to repair the components. Diagnostic sections help you identify the majority of routine failures quickly. Information is organized in groups for the various components requiring service instruction. At the beginning of each group are summary listings of all applicable essential tools, other materials needed to do the job and service parts kits. Section 10, Group 15—Repair Specifications, consist of all applicable specifications, near tolerances and specific torque values for various components on each individual machine. Binders, binder labels, and tab sets can be ordered by John Deere dealers direct from the John Deere Distribution Service Center. This manual is part of a total product support program. FOS MANUALS—REFERENCE TECHNICAL MANUALS—MACHINE SERVICE COMPONENT MANUALS—COMPONENT SERVICE Fundamentals of Service (FOS) Manuals cover basic theory of operation, fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance, and basic type of failures and their causes. FOS Manuals are for training new personnel and for reference by experienced technicians. Technical Manuals are concise guides for specific machines. Technical manuals are on-the-job guides containing only the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis, testing, and repair. Component Technical Manuals are concise service guides for specific components. Component technical manuals are written as stand-alone manuals covering multiple machine applications. Section 10, Group 20—Test and Adjustment Specifications, consist of all applicable test and adjustment specifications for various systems for each individual machine. MX,1590,IFC TM1591 (15JUL95) -19-09DEC94 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Contents SECTION 10—GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05—Safety Group 10—General Specifications Group 15—Repair Specifications Group 20—Test and Adjustment Specifications Group 25—Fuels and Lubricants Group 30—Serial Number Locations Group 10—Diagnosis, Tests and Adjustments—322 Group 11—Diagnosis, Tests and Adjustments—330, 332 and 430 10 SECTION 240—ELECTRICAL SYSTEM CHECKOUT, OPERATION AND DIAGNOSIS Group 05—Electrical System Checkout Group 10—Electrical Schematics Group 15—Component Location and Operation Group 20—Electrical System Diagnosis Group 25—Electrical System Component Tests and Adjustments SECTION 20—ENGINE REPAIR Group 05—Engine—322 Group 06—Engine—330, 332 and 430 SECTION 40—ELECTRICAL REPAIR Group 05—Front PTO Clutch 20 40 SECTION 250—POWER TRAIN CHECKOUT, OPERATION AND DIAGNOSIS Group 05—Power Train Checkout Group 10—Theory of Operation Group 15—Diagnosis, Tests and Adjustments SECTION 50—POWER TRAIN REPAIR Group 05—Transmission Group 10—Transmission Control Linkage Group 15—Differential Group 20—Rear Axles Group 25—Drive Shaft—322, 330 and 332 Group 26—Drive Shaft—430 50 SECTION 260—STEERING AND BRAKES CHECKOUT, OPERATION AND DIAGNOSIS Group 05—Steering And Brakes System Checkout Group 10—Theory of Operation Group 15—Diagnosis, Tests and Adjustments SECTION 60—STEERING AND BRAKE REPAIR Group 05—Steering—330 Group 06—Steering—322, 332 and 430 Group 10—Brakes 60 70 SECTION 270—HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CHECKOUT, OPERATION AND DIAGNOSIS Group 05—Hydraulic System Checkout Group 10—Hydraulic Schematics Group 15—Theory of Operation Group 20—Diagnosis, Tests and Adjustments SECTION 70—HYDRAULIC REPAIR Group 05—Hydraulic Control Valve SECTION 80—MISCELLANEOUS REPAIR Group 05—Front Axle Group 10—Mower Spindle and Jack Sheave Repair Group 15—Mower Gear Case Repair 80 SECTION 299—DEALER FABRICATED TOOLS Group 00—Dealer Fabricated Tools 220 Index SECTION 220—ENGINE, FUEL AND AIR SYSTEM CHECKOUT AND DIAGNOSIS Group 05—Engine, Fuel and Air System Checkout 240 All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice. TM1591-19-15JUL95 250 COPYRIGHT© 1995 DEERE & COMPANY Moline, Illinois All rights reserved A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION™ Manual TM1591 (15JUL95) i 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Contents 10 20 40 50 60 70 80 220 240 250 TM1591 (15JUL95) ii 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Contents 260 270 299 INDX TM1591 (15JUL95) iii 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Contents 260 270 299 INDX TM1591 (15JUL95) iv 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Dealer Presentation Sheet JOHN DEERE DEALERS IMPORTANT: Please remove this page and route through your service department. This is a complete revision for models 322, 330, 332 and 430 found in TM1277, TM1309 and TM1345. The complete revision of remaining machines (316, 318 and 420) can be found in TM1590. AFTER recieving both TM1590 and TM1591, please discard old TM1277 dated December 1987, TM1309 dated July 1985 and TM1345 dated June 1986. NOTE: There are several “versions” of each model tractor. All versions were not availble at time of latest printing. Some versions may not be covered. MX,1591,DLR TM1591 (15JUL95) -19-13JUL95 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Dealer Presentation Sheet TM1591 (15JUL95) 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Section 10 GENERAL INFORMATION 10 Contents Page Group 05—Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-05-1 Group 10—General Specifications Machine Specifications 322 and 330 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 and 430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10-1 10-10-4 Group 15—Repair Specifications Repair Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Metric Series Torque Chart . . . . . . . . Inch Series Torque Chart . . . . . . . . . Metric Torque Values—Grade 7 . . . . . Set Screw Torque Chart . . . . . . . . . . Service Recommendations Flat Face O-Ring Seal Fittings . . . . Tube and Hose Fitting, 37˚ Flare and 30˚ Cone Seat Connectors . . . . . . . . . . 10-15-1 10-15-4 10-15-5 10-15-6 10-15-6 .. 10-15-8 .. 10-15-9 Group 20—Test and Adjustment Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 10-20-1 Group 25—Fuels and Lubricants Fuel—322 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diesel Fuel—330, 332 and 430 . . . . Storing Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Do Not Use Galvanized Containers . . Engine Oil—322 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diesel Engine Oil—330, 332 and 430 Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liquid Coolant Conditioner . . . . . . . . Transmission and Hydraulic Oil . . . . Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mower Deck Gear Case Oil . . . . . . . Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants . Lubricant Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mixing of Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25-1 10-25-2 10-25-3 10-25-3 10-25-4 10-25-5 10-25-6 10-25-6 10-25-7 10-25-8 10-25-8 10-25-9 10-25-9 10-25-9 Group 30—Serial Number Locations Serial Numbers Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30-1 10-30-1 10-30-1 10-30-2 10-30-2 TM1591 (15JUL95) . . . . . 10-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Contents 10 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 05 Safety RECOGNIZE SAFETY INFORMATION 10 05 1 -UN-07DEC88 This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert to the potential for personal injury. T81389 Follow recommended precautions and safe operating practices. DX,ALERT -19-03MAR93 DX,SIGNAL -19-03MAR93 DX,READ -19-03MAR93 UNDERSTAND SIGNAL WORDS -19-30SEP88 A signal word—DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION—is used with the safety-alert symbol. DANGER identifies the most serious hazards. TS187 DANGER or WARNING safety signs are located near specific hazards. General precautions are listed on CAUTION safety signs. CAUTION also calls attention to safety messages in this manual. FOLLOW SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS -UN-23AUG88 Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on your machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in good condition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Be sure new equipment components and repair parts include the current safety signs. Replacement safety signs are available from your John Deere dealer. TS201 Learn how to operate the machine and how to use controls properly. Do not let anyone operate without instruction. Keep your machine in proper working condition. Unauthorized modifications to the machine may impair the function and/or safety and affect machine life. If you do not understand any part of this manual and need assistance, contact your John Deere dealer. TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-05-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Safety HANDLE FLUIDS SAFELY—AVOID FIRES -UN-23AUG88 When you work around fuel, do not smoke or work near heaters or other fire hazards. Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not incinerate or puncture pressurized containers. Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease, and debris. TS227 Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn spontaneously. DX,FLAME -19-04JUN90 DX,SPARKS -19-03MAR93 DX,FIRE2 -19-03MAR93 PREVENT BATTERY EXPLOSIONS -UN-23AUG88 Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of battery. Battery gas can explode. Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a volt-meter or hydrometer. TS204 Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm battery to 16˚C (60˚F). PREPARE FOR EMERGENCIES Be prepared if a fire starts. -UN-23AUG88 Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy. Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital, and fire department near your telephone. TS291 10 05 2 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-05-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Safety PREVENT ACID BURNS 10 05 3 Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into eyes. Avoid the hazard by: 1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area. 2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves. 3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added. 4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte. 5. Use proper jump start procedure. If you spill acid on yourself: 1. Flush your skin with water. 2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid. 3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30 minutes. Get medical attention immediately. TS203 -UN-23AUG88 If acid is swallowed: 1. Do not induce vomiting. 2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not exceed 2 L (2 quarts). 3. Get medical attention immediately. DX,POISON -19-21APR93 DX,RCAP -19-04JUN90 SERVICE COOLING SYSTEM SAFELY -UN-23AUG88 Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. TS281 Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely. TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-05-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Safety HANDLE CHEMICAL PRODUCTS SAFELY -UN-26NOV90 Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with John Deere equipment include such items as lubricants, coolants, paints, and adhesives. TS1132 A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific details on chemical products: physical and health hazards, safety procedures, and emergency response techniques. Check the MSDS before you start any job using a hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow procedures and recommended equipment. (See your John Deere dealer for MSDS’s on chemical products used with John Deere equipment.) DX,MSDS,NA -19-03MAR93 DX,FLUID -19-03MAR93 AVOID HIGH-PRESSURE FLUIDS -UN-23AUG88 Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. X9811 10 05 4 If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-05-4 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Safety PREPARE MACHINE FOR REPAIR 10 05 5 1. Move hydrostatic control lever to STOP position. -UN-24APR89 2. Disengage PTO’s 3. Lower all equipment to the ground. M34228 4. Engage park brake. 5. Stop the engine and remove the key. 6. Operate all hydraulic control levers to release hydraulic pressure in the system. Before you leave the operator’s seat, wait for engine and attachment parts to stop moving. MX,1005R,8 -19-01APR86 SUPPORT MACHINE PROPERLY -UN-23AUG88 Always lower the attachment or implement to the ground before you work on the machine. If you must work on a lifted machine or attachment, securely support the machine or attachment. TS229 Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tiles, or props that may crumble under continuous load. Do not work under a machine that is supported solely by a jack. Follow recommended procedures in this manual. DX,LOWER TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-05-5 -19-04JUN90 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Safety WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING -UN-23AUG88 Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate to the job. Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. TS206 Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or uncomfortable loud noises. Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones while operating machine. DX,WEAR -19-10SEP90 DX,CLEAN -19-04JUN90 DX,LOOSE -19-04JUN90 WORK IN CLEAN AREA T6642EJ -UN-18OCT88 Before starting a job: • Clean work area and machine. • Make sure you have all necessary tools to do your job. • Have the right parts on hand. • Read all instructions thoroughly; do not attempt shortcuts. SERVICE MACHINES SAFELY -UN-23AUG88 Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie, scarf, loose clothing, or necklace when you work near machine tools or moving parts. If these items were to get caught, severe injury could result. Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving parts. TS228 10 05 6 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-05-6 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Safety WORK IN VENTILATED AREA 10 05 7 -UN-23AUG88 Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe extension. TS220 If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the doors and get outside air into the area. DX,AIR -19-04JUN90 DX,LIGHT -19-04JUN90 DX,SIGNS1 -19-04JUN90 DX,LIFT -19-04JUN90 ILLUMINATE WORK AREA SAFELY TS223 -UN-23AUG88 Illuminate your work area adequately but safely. Use a portable safety light for working inside or under the machine. Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled fuel or oil. REPLACE SAFETY SIGNS TS201 -UN-23AUG88 Replace missing or damaged safety signs. See the machine operator’s manual for correct safety sign placement. USE PROPER LIFTING EQUIPMENT -UN-23AUG88 Lifting heavy components incorrectly can cause severe injury or machine damage. TS226 Follow recommended procedure for removal and installation of components in the manual. TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-05-7 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Safety -UN-23AUG88 Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust. Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch. TS220 Do all work outside or in a well ventilated area. Dispose of paint and solvent properly. Remove paint before welding or heating: • If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust. Wear an approved respirator. • If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating. DX,PAINT -19-03MAR93 DX,TORCH -19-03MAR93 AVOID HEATING NEAR PRESSURIZED FLUID LINES -UN-15MAY90 Flammable spray can be generated by heating near pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to yourself and bystanders. Do not heat by welding, soldering, or using a torch near pressurized fluid lines or other flammable materials. Pressurized lines can be accidentally cut when heat goes beyond the immediate flame area. TS953 10 05 8 REMOVE PAINT BEFORE WELDING OR HEATING TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-05-8 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Safety SERVICE TIRES SAFELY 10 05 9 -UN-12APR90 Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause serious injury or death. Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper equipment and experience to perform the job. TS952 Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate the tires above the recommended pressure. Never weld or heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause an increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion. Welding can structurally weaken or deform the wheel. When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and NOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available. Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged rims or missing lug bolts and nuts. DX,TIRECP -19-24AUG90 DX,DUST -19-15MAR91 AVOID HARMFUL ASBESTOS DUST -UN-23AUG88 Avoid breathing dust that may be generated when handling components containing asbestos fibers. Inhaled asbestos fibers may cause lung cancer. TS220 Components in products that may contain asbestos fibers are brake pads, brake band and lining assemblies, clutch plates, and some gaskets. The asbestos used in these components is usually found in a resin or sealed in some way. Normal handling is not hazardous as long as airborne dust containing asbestos is not generated. Avoid creating dust. Never use compressed air for cleaning. Avoid brushing or grinding material containing asbestos. When servicing, wear an approved respirator. A special vacuum cleaner is recommended to clean asbestos. If not available, apply a mist of oil or water on the material containing asbestos. Keep bystanders away from the area. TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-05-9 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Safety PRACTICE SAFE MAINTENANCE Understand service procedure before doing work. Keep area clean and dry. Never lubricate, service, or adjust machine while it is moving. Keep hands, feet , and clothing from power-driven parts. Disengage all power and operate controls to relieve pressure. Lower equipment to the ground. Stop the engine. Remove the key. Allow machine to cool. Securely support any machine elements that must be raised for service work. Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed. Fix damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts. Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris. TS218 -UN-23AUG88 Disconnect battery ground cable (-) before making adjustments on electrical systems or welding on machine. DX,SERV -19-03MAR93 DX,REPAIR -19-04JUN90 USE PROPER TOOLS -UN-08NOV89 Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift tools and procedures can create safety hazards. Use power tools only to loosen threaded parts and fasteners. For loosening and tightening hardware, use the correct size tools. DO NOT use U.S. measurement tools on metric fasteners. Avoid bodily injury caused by slipping wrenches. TS779 10 05 10 Use only service parts meeting John Deere specifications. TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-05-10 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Safety DISPOSE OF WASTE PROPERLY 10 05 11 -UN-26NOV90 Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used with John Deere equipment include such items as oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries. TS1133 Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use food or beverage containers that may mislead someone into drinking from them. Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into any water source. Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can damage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulations may require a certified air conditioning service center to recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants. Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste from your local environmental or recycling center, or from your John Deere dealer. DX,DRAIN -19-03MAR93 DX,LIVE -19-25SEP92 LIVE WITH SAFETY TS231 -19-07OCT88 Before returning machine to customer, make sure machine is functioning properly, especially the safety systems. Install all guards and shields. TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-05-11 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Safety 10 05 12 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-05-12 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 10 General Specifications MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS—322 AND 330 322 ENGINE Manufacturer . . . . . . . Model Number . . . . . . Horsepower (SAEJ1349) Torque . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Rated Speeds Fast Idle (No Load) . Low Idle (No Load) . Number of Cylinders . . Crankshaft Alignment . . Stroke/Cycle . . . . . . . . Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . Displacement . . . . . . . Compression Ratio . . . Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . Coolant Capacity . . . . . Air Filter Type . . . . . . Lubrication System Crankcase Capacity Oil Filter . . . . . . . Spark Plugs . . . . . ... ... .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yanmar . . . . . . 3TG66UJ . . . . . 13.4 kW (18 hp) 4.2 kg m (30.3 ft ... ... ... lbs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yanmar 3TN66UJ 12 kW (16 hp) 4.2 kg m (30.3 ft lbs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ (w/o Filter) ........ ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3500 rpm . . . . . . . . 1300 rpm . . . . . . . . 3 ............. Horizontal . . . . . . . 4 Cycle . . . . . . . . . 66 mm (2.6 in.) . . . 64.2 mm (2.5 in.) . . 658 cm3 (40.1 cu in.) 8.7:1 . . . . . . . . . . . Liquid . . . . . . . . . . 2.8 L (3 U.S. qt) Dry with Primary and Secondary Elements Full Pressure w/Filter 2.5 L (2.6 U.S. qt) . . Replaceable . . . . . . NGK BPR4BS . . . . Champion RN11YC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3450 rpm 1300 rpm 3 Horizontal 4 Cycle 66 mm (2.6 in.) 64.2 mm (2.5 in.) 658 cm3 (40.1 cu in.) 22.4:1 Liquid 2.8 L (3 U.S. qt) Dry with Primary and Secondary Elements Full Pressure w/Filter 2.5 L (2.6 U.S. qt) Replaceable N/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear . . . . . . . . . . . Standard . . . . . . . . 17 L (4.5 U.S. gal) . 85 Octane Unleaded Frame . . . . . . . . . . Electric . . . . . . . . . Fixed Jet Carburetor N/A . . . . . . . . . . . Electric Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Standard 17 L (4.5 U.S. gal) No.1 or No.2 Diesel Frame Electric Indirect Injection In-Line Multi-Plunger Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electronic . . . . . . . 12 Volts, Solenoid . . Remote Alt. 20 amp BCI Group, U1 . . . . 12V . . . . . . . . . . . 44 minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A 12 Volts, Solenoid Remote Alt. 20 amp BCI Group, U1 12V 44 minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 amp Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 amp Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard FUEL SYSTEM Fuel Tank Location . Fuel Gauge . . . . . . Fuel Tank Capacity . Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Pump Location Fuel Pump Type . . . Fuel Delivery . . . . . Injection Pump Type Fuel Shutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type of Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery Reserve Capacity @25 amp Battery Cold Cranking amp @0˚F . . . . . . . Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reflector/Tail Lights . . . . . . . . . . . Dash Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . Operator Presence System . . . . . . Hourmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Continued on next page. TM1591 (15JUL95) 10 10 1 330 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MX,15911010,1 -19-13JUL95 10-10-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 General Specifications/Machine Specifications 322 10 10 2 POWER TRAIN Transmission Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydrostatic . . Number of Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Infinite . . . . . Travel Speeds Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0—12.38 km/h (0—7.69 mph) Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0—6.19 km/h (0—3.85 mph) Transmission Capacity (w/Filter) . . . . . . . . . 6.1 L (13 U.S. Trans. Oil Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional . . . . Trans. Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard . . . Differential Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A . . . . . . . 330 . . . . . . . . . . . Hydrostatic . . . . . . . . . . . Infinite . . . . . . . . . . 0—12.38 km/h (0—7.69 mph) . . . . . . . . . . . 0—6.19 km/h (0—3.85 mph) pt) . . . . . . . . 6.1 L (13 U.S. pt) . . . . . . . . . . . N/A . . . . . . . . . . . Standard . . . . . . . . . . . N/A STEERING Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power, Hydrostatic . . . . . . . . Manual BRAKES Location . . . . . . . . . . . . Individual Control . . . . . . Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Return-to-Neutral Braking Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Wheels . Standard . . . . Shoe and Drum Standard . . . . Yes . . . . . . . . ... ... .. ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Wheels N/A Shoe and Drum Standard Yes HYRAULIC SYSTEM Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two-Function . . . . . . . . . . . Single-Function (One w/Float) Hydraulic Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . One Set PTO Front . . . . . . . . . . Rear . . . . . . . . . . Type . . . . . . . . . . Control . . . . . . . . PTO rpm (No Load) Front . . . . . . . . Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard . . . . . . . . Optional . . . . . . . . . Electric Clutch . . . . . Elec. Switch on Dash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Optional Electric Clutch Elec. Switch on Dash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 MOWER ATTACHMENT Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38, 46 and 50 Inch . . . . . . . 38, 46 and 50 Inch Lift System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic WHEEL TREAD Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813 mm (32 in.) . . . . . . . . . 813 mm (32 in.) Rear Narrow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775 mm (30.5 in.) . . . . . . . . 775 mm (30.5 in.) Wide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 834 mm (32.8 in.) . . . . . . . . 834 mm (32.8 in.) Continued on next page. TM1591 (15JUL95) MX,15911010,2 -19-13JUL95 10-10-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 General Specifications/Machine Specifications 322 TIRES Standard Tires Front Turf . . . . . Rear Turf or Bar Optional Tires Front (Turf) . . . . Rear (Turf or Bar) Inflation Pressure Front . . . . . . . . Rear . . . . . . . . 330 10 10 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 x 6.50-8, 2 PR . . . . . . . . 16 x 6.50-8, 2 PR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 x 10.50-12, 2 PR . . . . . . 23 x 10.50-12, 2 PR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 x 6.50-8, 4 PR . . . . . . . . 16 x 6.50-8, 4 PR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 x 8.50-12, 2 PR . . . . . . . 23 x 8.50-12, 2 PR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41—110 kPa (6—16 psi) . . . 41—110 kPa (6—16 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34—69 kPa (5—10 psi) . . . . 34—69 kPa (5—10 psi) SEAT Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-Back Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Spring Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slide Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slide Rail DIMENSIONS Wheel Base . . . . . . . Overall Length . . . . . Overall Height . . . . . . Overall Width (max.) . Overall Width (min.) . . Turning Radius Inside Rear Wheel . Outside Front Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2 m (46 in.) . 1.8 m (69.5 in.) 1.1 m (44.5 in.) 1.1 m (43.3 in.) 1.04 m (41 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2 m (46 in.) 1.8 m (69.5 in.) 1.1 m (44.5 in.) 1.1 m (43.3 in.) 1.04 m (41 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.66 m (26 in.) . . . . . . . . . . 0.66 m (26 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 m (80 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 m (80 in.) NET WEIGHT (No Fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 kg (900 lbs) . . . . . . . . . 408 kg (900 lbs) SHIPPING WEIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 kg (980 lbs) . . . . . . . . . 445 kg (980 lbs) (Specifications and design subject to change without notice.) TM1591 (15JUL95) MX,15911010,3 -19-13JUL95 10-10-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 General Specifications/Machine Specifications MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS—332 AND 430 10 10 4 332 ENGINE Manufacturer . . . . . . . . Model Number . . . . . . . Horsepower (SAEJ1349) Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Rated Speeds Fast Idle (No Load) . . Low Idle (No Load) . . Number of Cylinders . . . Crankshaft Alignment . . Stroke/Cycle . . . . . . . . Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . Displacement . . . . . . . . Compression Ratio . . . . Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . Coolant Capacity . . . . . Air Filter Type . . . . . . . Yanmar . . . . . . . . . . 3TN66UJ . . . . . . . . 12 kW (16 hp) . . . . . 4.2 kg m (30.3 ft lbs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3425 rpm . . . . . . . . 1400 rpm . . . . . . . . 3 .............. Horizontal . . . . . . . . 4 Cycle . . . . . . . . . . 66 mm (2.6 in.) . . . . 64.2 mm (2.5 in.) . . . 658 cm3 (40.1 cu in.) 22.4:1 . . . . . . . . . . . Liquid . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8 L (3 U.S. qt) . . . . Dry with Primary and Secondary Elements . Lubrication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Full Pressure w/Filter Crankcase Capacity (w/o Filter) . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 L (2.6 U.S. qt) . . Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replaceable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL SYSTEM Fuel Tank Location . Fuel Gauge . . . . . . Fuel Tank Capacity . Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Pump Location Fuel Pump Type . . Fuel Delivery . . . . . Injection Pump Type Fuel Shutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type of Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charging System Early Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . Later Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery Reserve Capacity @25 amp Battery Cold Cranking amp @0˚F . . . . . . Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reflector/Tail Lights . . . . . . . . . . Dash Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . Operator Presence System . . . . . . Hourmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear . . . . . . . . . . Standard . . . . . . . . 17 L (4.5 U.S. gal) . No.1 or No.2 Diesel Frame . . . . . . . . . Electric . . . . . . . . . Indirect Injection . . . In-Line Multi-Plunger Electric Solenoid . . . 3400 rpm 1300 rpm 3 Horizontal 4 Cycle 72 mm (2.84 in.) 72 mm (2.84 in.) 879 cm3 (53.6 cu in.) 21.6:1 Liquid 3.8 L (1 U.S. gal) Dry with Primary and . . . . . . Secondary Elements Full Pressure w/Filter . . . . . . 2.9 L (3.1 U.S. qt) . . . . . . Replaceable Rear Standard 24.6 L (6.5 U.S. gal) No.1 or No.2 Diesel Frame Electric Indirect Injection In-Line Multi-Plunger Electric Solenoid . . . . . . . N/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A . . . . . . . 12 Volts, Solenoid . . . . . . . . 12 Volts, Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote Alt. 20 Remote Alt. 20 BCI Group, U1 12V . . . . . . . 44 minutes . . amp amp .... .... .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote Alt. 35 amp Remote Alt. 40 amp BCI Group, 22F 12V 102 minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 amp Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491 amp Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Continued on next page. TM1591 (15JUL95) . . . . . . . . . Yanmar 3TNA72UJ 15 kW (20 hp) 5.1 kg m (36.8 ft lbs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MX,15911010,4 -19-13JUL95 10-10-4 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 General Specifications/Machine Specifications 332 430 POWER TRAIN Transmission Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydrostatic . . Number of Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Infinite . . . . . Travel Speeds Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0—12.38 km/h (0—7.69 mph) Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0—6.19 km/h . (0—3.85 mph) Forward, High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A . . . . . . . Forward, Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A . . . Reverse, High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A . . . Reverse, Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A . . . Transmission Capacity Trans. Oil Cooler . . . Trans. Oil Filter . . . . Differential Lock . . . . (w/Filter) ....... ....... ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 L (13 Optional Standard N/A . . . 10 10 5 . . . . . . . . . . . Hydrostatic, 2 Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . Infinite . . . . . . . . . . . N/A . . . . . . . . . . . N/A . . . . . . . . . . . 0—16.09 km/h (0—10 mph) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0—9.35 km/h (0—5.80 mph) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0—6.44 km/h (0—4 mph) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0—4.66 km/h (0—2.90 mph) U.S. pt) . . . . . . . . . 7.1 L (15 U.S. pt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard STEERING Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power, Hydrostatic . . . . . . . . Power, Hydrostatic BRAKES Location . . . . . . . . . . . Individual Control . . . . . Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . Return-to-Neutral Braking Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Wheels . . Standard . . . . . Shoe and Drum Standard . . . . . Yes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Wheels Standard Shoe and Drum Standard Yes HYRAULIC SYSTEM Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two-Function . . . . . . . . . . . . Three-Function (One w/Float) (One w/Float) Hydraulic Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two Sets PTO Front . . Rear . . Type . . Control . PTO rpm Front . Rear . ... ... ... ... (No ... ... ..... ..... ..... ..... Load) ..... ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard . . . . . . . . . Optional . . . . . . . . . Electric Clutch . . . . . Elec. Switch on Dash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3425 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Optional Electric Clutch Elec. Switch on Dash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 MOWER ATTACHMENT Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38, 46 and 50 Inch . . . . . . . . 50 and 60 Inch, 260 Rotary Lift System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic Continued on next page. TM1591 (15JUL95) MX,15911010,5 -19-13JUL95 10-10-5 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 General Specifications/Machine Specifications 332 10 10 6 430 WHEEL TREAD Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813 mm (32 in.) . . . . . . . . . . 914 mm (36 in.) Rear Narrow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775 mm (30.5 in.) . . . . . . . . . 818 mm (32 in.) Wide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 834 mm (32.8 in.) . . . . . . . . . 980 mm (38.6 in.) TIRES Standard Tires Front Turf . . . . . . Rear Turf or Bar . Optional Tires Front (Turf) . . . . . Rear (Turf or Bar) Inflation Pressure Front . . . . . . . . . Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 x 6.50-8, 2 PR . . . . . . . . 18 x 8.50-8, 4 PR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 x 10.50-12, 2 PR . . . . . . . 26 x 12.00-12, 2 PR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 x 6.50-8, 4 PR . . . . . . . . N/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 x 8.50-12, 2 PR . . . . . . . . N/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41—110 kPa (6—16 psi) . . . . 41—152 kPa (6—22 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34—69 kPa (5—10 psi) . . . . . 34—69 kPa (5—10 psi) SEAT Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High-Back/Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . High-Back/Tilt Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deluxe Seat Suspension Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slide Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slide Rail DIMENSIONS Wheel Base . . . . . . . . Overall Length . . . . . . Overall Height . . . . . . Overall Width (max.) . . Overall Width (min.) . . Turning Radius Inside Rear Wheel . . Outside Front Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2 m (46 in.) . 1.8 m (69.5 in.) 1.1 m (44.5 in.) 1.1 m (43.3 in.) 1.04 m (41 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3 m (52 in.) 2.13 m (84 in.) 1.22 m (48.5 in.) 1.31 m (51.5 in.) 1.14 m (45 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.66 m (26 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . 0.66 m (26 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 m (80 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 m (86 in.) NET WEIGHT (No Fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 kg (900 lbs) . . . . . . . . . . 533 kg (1116 lbs) SHIPPING WEIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 kg (980 lbs) . . . . . . . . . . 567 kg (1219 lbs) (Specifications and design subject to change without notice.) TM1591 (15JUL95) MX,15911010,6 -19-13JUL95 10-10-6 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 15 Repair Specifications REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS Item 10 15 1 Specifications ENGINE For all repair specifications—Use CTM12 (322) and CTM3 Engine Mounting Cap Screw/Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . Drive Shaft to Engine Cap Screw Torque 330 and 430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 and 332 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drive Shaft Universal Joint Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . . . PTO Belt Tension Spring Length (430) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel/Water Separator Cap Screw Torque (430) . . . . . . . (330, 332 and 430) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 N·m (36 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 N·m (20 lb-ft) . . 37 N·m (27 lb-ft) . . 60 N·m (45 lb-ft) . 35 mm (1.38 in.) 20 N·m (180 lb-in.) ELECTRICAL Front PTO Clutch-to-Crankshaft Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 N·m (35 lb-ft) PTO Clutch Armature to Rotor Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.46 mm (0.018 in.) PTO Belt Tension Spring Length (430) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 mm (1.380 in.) POWER TRAIN Transmission Charge Pump-to-Transmission Cap Screw Torque . . . . Transmission Cover Bearing Installation Height . . . . . . Center Section-to-Housing Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . Transmission-to-Differential Cap Screw Torque Axle Housing-to-Frame Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . . . . Brake Rod Spring Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential-to-Frame Support Cap Screw Torque . . . . . Swashplate Control Arm-to-Control Shaft Nut Torque . . Drive Shaft Clamping Yoke-to-Transmission Pump Shaft Differential Case and Cover Oil Groove Depth (Minimum) . . . . . . Carrier Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover-to-Case Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axle Housing Differential Seal Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axle Housing-to-Differential Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . Brake Plate-to-Axle Housing Cap Screw Torque . . . . . Axle Housing-to-Frame Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . . . . Brake Rod Spring Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake Drum Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Wheel Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drive Shaft—322 and 332 Isolator-to-Engine Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . Drive Shaft Cap Screws and Lock Nut Torque Flange-to-Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clamping Yoke-to-Transmission Pump Shaft . . . . . . Drive Shaft—330 Isolator-to-Engine Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . Drive Shaft Cap Screws and Lock Nut Torque Flange-to-Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clamping Yoke-to-Transmission Pump Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 N·m (52 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . 3 mm (0.118 in.) above housing surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 N·m (26 lb-ft) 45 N·m (33 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 N·m (75 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 mm (1.650 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 N·m (45 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 N·m (44 lb-ft) Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . . . . . . 60 N·m (44 lb-ft) ...................... 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 N·m (39 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 N·m (204 lb-in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 mm ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... (0.118 in.) below differential surface . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 N·m (60 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 N·m (50 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . 100 N·m (75 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . 42 mm (1.650 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 N·m (65 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 N·m (52 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 N·m (27 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 N·m (20 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 N·m (44 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 N·m (20 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 N·m (20 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 N·m (44 lb-ft) Continued on next page. TM1591 (15JUL95) . . . . . . . MX,15911015,1 -19-13JUL95 10-15-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Repair Specifications/Repair Specifications Item 10 15 2 Specifications POWER TRAIN, continued Drive Shaft—430 Flange-to-Engine Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 N·m (20 lb-ft) Clamping Yoke-to-Transmission Pump Shaft Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 N·m (44 lb-ft) Tube Yoke Shaft-to-Bushing Yoke Tube Lock Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 N·m (25 lb-in.) STEERING AND BRAKES Steering—330 Gearbox Mounting Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering Wheel-to-Shaft Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pitman Arm Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preload Adjuster Maximum End Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Side Cover-to-Gearbox Housing Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . . . . Worm Bearing Preload Rolling Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Over-Center Preload Rolling Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preload Adjuster Lock Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering Shaft Universal Joint-to-Worm Shaft Cap Screw Torque Steering—322, 332 and 430 Steering Wheel-to-Shaft Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotor-to-Stator Maximum Allowable Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering Tube Bushing Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commutator Cover-to-Commutator Screw Torque . . . . . . . . . . Port Cover Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check Ball Plug Torque (Early Version) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering Cylinder Mounting Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brakes Brake Plate-to-Axle Housing Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . . . . . . Axle Housing-to-Frame Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake Rod Spring Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake Drum-to-Axle Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Wheel Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HYDRAULICS Single-Spool Valve Spool Screw Torque . . . . . . . . . . . Spool Cap-to-Body Screw Torque . . Check Valve Plug Torque . . . . . . . Two-Spool Valve Versions One and Two Spool Cap-to-Body Screw Torque Versions Three and Four Spool Screw and Detent Torque . Spool Cap-to-Body Screw Torque Check Valve Plug Torque . . . . . . Three-Spool Valve Spool Screws and Detent Torque . . Spool Cap-to-Body Screw Torque . . Check Valve Plug Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 N·m (133 lb-in.) ........... 0.08 mm (0.003 in.) 2.5 mm (0.100 in.) below top of tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4 N·m (12 lb-in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 N·m (22 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 N·m (124 lb-in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 N·m (120 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 N·m (70 lb-ft) . . . . . . . 15 N·m (133 lb-in.) . . . . . . . 224 N·m (165 lb-ft) . . . . . . 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) . . . . . . . . 40 N·m (30 lb-ft) . 0.60—1.0 N·m (5—8 lb-in.) 0.50—1.20 N·m (4—10 lb-in.) . . . . . . . . 34 N·m (25 lb-ft) . . . . . . . 24 N·m (212 lb-in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 N·m (50 lb-ft) 100 N·m (75 lb-ft) 42 mm (1.650 in.) . 88 N·m (65 lb-ft) . 70 N·m (52 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 N·m (35 lb-in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 N·m (35 lb-in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 N·m (23 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 N·m (23 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 N·m (35 lb-in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 N·m (35 lb-in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 N·m (23 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 N·m (35 lb-in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 N·m (35 lb-in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 N·m (23 lb-ft) Continued on next page. TM1591 (15JUL95) . . . . . . . . . MX,15911015,2 -19-13JUL95 10-15-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Repair Specifications/Repair Specifications Item MISCELLANEOUS Front Axle PTO Belt Tension Spring Length (430) . . . . Toe-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mower Blade Spindles Driven Sheave-to-Spindle Lock Nut Torque . Blade-to-Spindle Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . Mower Blade Jack Sheave Jack Sheave-to-Spindle Lock Nut Torque . . . Blade-to-Spindle Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . 50-Inch Mower Gear Case Plug Installation Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retainer Seal Installation Depth . . . . . . . . . Retainer-to-Gear Case Cap Screw Torque . . Pillow Block Seal Installation Depth . . . . . . . Pillow Block-to-Gear Case Cap Screw Torque Early 60-Inch Mower Gear Case Cap-to-Gear Case Cap Screw Torque . . . . . Output Shaft Endplay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Input Shaft Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Later 60-Inch Mower Gear Case Gear Case Seal Installation Depth . . . . . . . Retainer-to-Gear Case Cap Screw Torque . . Pillow Block Seal Installation Depth . . . . . . . Pillow Block-to-Gear Case Cap Screw Torque 260 Rotary Mower Gear Case End Cap-to-Gear Case Cap Screw Torque . . Input Shaft Endplay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output Shaft Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Housing-to-Gear Case Cap Screw Torque . . Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 mm (1.380 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8 mm (3/16 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 N·m (103 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 N·m (54 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 N·m (103 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 N·m (54 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.59 mm (0.062 in.) below gear case surface . 2.54 mm (0.100 in.) below retainer surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 N·m (22 lb-ft) . . 2.54 mm (0.100 in.) below block surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 N·m (22 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 N·m (22 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.025—0.076 mm (0.001—0.003 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.076—0.130 mm (0.003—0.005 in.) .... .... .... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.54 mm (0.100 in.) below gear case surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 N·m (22 lb-ft) . . . 2.54 mm (0.100 in.) below block surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 N·m (22 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... 0.025—0.076 0.076—0.130 .......... ... mm mm ... 30 N·m (22 lb-ft) (0.001—0.003 in.) (0.003—0.005 in.) 30 N·m (22 lb-ft) MX,15911015,3 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-15-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 10 15 3 Repair Specifications/Metric Series Torque Chart METRIC BOLT AND CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUES TS1163 -19-04MAR91 10 15 4 Class 4.8 Size Lubricateda Class 8.8 or 9.8 Drya Lubricateda Class 10.9 Drya Lubricateda Class 12.9 Drya Lubricateda Drya N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft M6 M8 M10 4.8 12 23 3.5 8.5 17 6 15 29 4.5 11 21 9 22 43 6.5 16 32 11 28 55 8.5 20 40 13 32 63 9.5 24 47 17 40 80 12 30 60 15 37 75 11.5 28 55 19 47 95 14.5 35 70 M12 M14 M16 40 63 100 29 47 73 50 80 125 37 60 92 75 120 190 55 88 140 95 150 240 70 110 175 110 175 275 80 130 200 140 225 350 105 165 255 130 205 320 95 150 240 165 260 400 120 190 300 M18 M20 M22 135 190 260 100 140 190 175 240 330 125 180 250 260 375 510 195 275 375 330 475 650 250 350 475 375 530 725 275 400 540 475 675 925 350 500 675 440 625 850 325 460 625 560 800 1075 410 580 800 M24 M27 M30 330 490 675 250 360 490 425 625 850 310 450 625 650 950 1300 475 700 950 825 1200 1650 600 875 1200 925 1350 1850 675 1000 1350 1150 1700 2300 850 1250 1700 1075 1600 2150 800 1150 1600 1350 2000 2700 1000 1500 2000 M33 M36 900 1150 675 850 1150 1450 850 1075 1750 2250 1300 1650 2200 2850 1650 2100 2500 3200 1850 2350 3150 4050 2350 3000 2900 3750 2150 2750 3700 4750 2750 3500 DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is given for a specific application. Torque values listed are for general use only. Check tightness of fasteners periodically. Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical property class. Make sure fasteners threads are clean and that you properly start thread engagement. This will prevent them from failing when tightening. Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts to approximately 50 percent of the dry torque shown in the chart, applied to the nut, not to the bolt head. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the full torque value. Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher property class. If higher property class fasteners are used, these should only be tightened to the strength of the original. a “Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings. “Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication. TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-15-4 DX,TORQ2 -19-20JUL94 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Repair Specifications/Inch Series Torque Chart UNIFIED INCH BOLT AND CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUES TS1162 -19-04MAR91 10 15 5 Grade 2b Grade 1 Size Lubricateda Drya Lubricateda Grade 5, 5.1, or 5.2 Drya Lubricateda Grade 8 or 8.2 Drya Lubricateda Drya N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft 1/4 5/16 3/8 3.7 7.7 14 2.8 5.5 10 4.7 10 17 3.5 7 13 6 12 22 4.5 9 16 7.5 15 27 5.5 11 20 9.5 20 35 7 15 26 12 25 44 9 18 33 13.5 28 50 10 21 36 17 35 63 12.5 26 46 7/16 1/2 9/16 22 33 48 16 25 36 28 42 60 20 31 45 35 53 75 26 39 56 44 67 95 32 50 70 55 85 125 41 63 90 70 110 155 52 80 115 80 120 175 58 90 130 100 150 225 75 115 160 5/8 3/4 7/8 67 120 190 50 87 140 85 150 240 62 110 175 105 190 190 78 140 140 135 240 240 100 175 175 170 300 490 125 225 360 215 375 625 160 280 450 240 425 700 175 310 500 300 550 875 225 400 650 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 290 400 570 210 300 425 360 510 725 270 375 530 290 400 570 210 300 425 360 510 725 270 375 530 725 900 1300 540 675 950 925 1150 1650 675 850 1200 1050 1450 2050 750 1075 1500 1300 1850 2600 975 1350 1950 1-3/8 1-1/2 750 1000 550 725 950 1250 700 925 750 990 550 725 950 1250 700 930 1700 2250 1250 1650 2150 2850 1550 2100 2700 3600 2000 2650 3400 4550 2550 3350 DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is given for a specific application. Torque values listed are for general use only. Check tightness of fasteners periodically. Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher grade. If higher grade fasteners are used, these should only be tightened to the strength of the original. Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade. Make sure fasteners threads are clean and that you properly start thread engagement. This will prevent them from failing when tightening. a “Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings. “Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication. Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts to approximately 50 percent of the dry torque shown in the chart, applied to the nut, not to the bolt head. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the full torque value. b Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 152 mm (6-in.) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 152 mm (6-in.) long, and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length. TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-15-5 DX,TORQ1 -19-20JUL94 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Repair Specifications/Set Screw Torque Chart NOTE: When bolting aluminum parts, tighten to 80% of torque specified in table. Size N·m (lb-ft) M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 9.5 - 12.2 20.3 - 27.1 47.5 - 54.2 81.4 - 94.9 128.8 - 146.4 210.2 - 240 (7-9) (15-20) (35-40) (60-70) (95-108) (155-177) -19-15DEC94 MX,15901015,3 -19-01MAR95 M77900 10 15 6 METRIC CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUES—GRADE 7 NOTE: Allow a tolerance of plus or minus 10 per cent on all torques given in this chart. Divide readings by 12 for foot-pound values. MX,TORQ,SET TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-15-6 -19-09DEC94 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Repair Specifications/Set Screw Torque Chart SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR O-RING BOSS FITTINGS 10 15 7 -UN-18OCT88 STRAIGHT FITTING 1. Inspect O-ring boss seat for dirt or defects. T6243AE 2. Lubricate O-ring with petroleum jelly. Place electrical tape over threads to protect O-ring. Slide O-ring over tape and into O-ring groove of fitting. Remove tape. 3. Tighten fitting to torque value shown on chart. ANGLE FITTING -UN-18OCT88 1. Back-off lock nut (A) and back-up washer (B) completely to head-end (C) of fitting. 2. Turn fitting into threaded boss until back-up washer contacts face of boss. T6520AB 3. Turn fitting head-end counterclockwise to proper index (maximum of one turn). 4. Hold fitting head-end with a wrench and tighten locknut and back-up washer to proper torque value. NOTE: Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings. TORQUE VALUE Thread Size 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1-1/16-12 1-3/16-12 1-5/16-12 1-5/8-12 1-7/8-12 N·m UNF UNF UNF UNF UNF UNF UN . UN . UN . UN . UN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 12 16 24 46 62 102 122 142 190 217 lb-ft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 . 9 12 18 34 46 75 90 105 140 160 NOTE: Torque tolerance is ± 10%. MX,159110153,A -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-15-7 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Repair Specifications/Service Recommendations -UN-18OCT88 1. Inspect the fitting sealing surfaces. They must be free of dirt or defects. 2. Inspect the O-ring. It must be free of damage or defects. 3. Lubricate O-rings and install into groove using petroleum jelly to hold in place. T6243AD 10 15 8 SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FLAT FACE O-RING SEAL FITTINGS 4. Push O-ring into the groove with plenty of petroleum jelly so O-ring is not displaced during assembly. 5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand pressing joint together to insure O-ring remains in place. 6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque valve shown on the chart per dash size stamped on the fitting. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings. FLAT FACE O-RING SEAL FITTING TORQUE Nominal Tube O.D. mm (in.) Thread Size In. Dash Size Swivel Nut Torque N·m (lb-ft) Bulkhead Nut Torque N·m (lb-ft) 6.35 0.250 -4 9/16-18 16 12 5.0 3.5 9.52 0.375 -6 11/16-16 24 18 9.0 6.5 12.70 0.500 -8 13/16-16 50 37 17.0 12.5 15.88 0.625 -10 1-14 69 51 17.0 12.5 19.05 0.750 -12 1 3/16-12 102 75 17.0 12.5 22.22 0.875 -14 1 3/16-12 102 75 17.0 12.5 25.40 1.000 -16 1 7/16-12 142 105 17.0 12.5 31.75 1.250 -20 1 11/16-12 190 140 17.0 12.5 38.10 1.500 -24 2-12 217 160 17.0 12.5 NOTE: Torque tolerance is +15 -20%. OR,SEAL,FIT TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-15-8 -19-03MAR89 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Repair Specifications/Service Recommendations TUBE AND HOSE FITTING, 37˚ FLARE AND 30˚ CONE SEAT CONNECTOR SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS 10 15 9 1. Inspect the flare and the flare seat. They must be free of dirt and defects. If repeated leaks occur, inspect for defects with a magnifying glass. If burrs and raised nicks on the connector body cannot be removed with a slip stone, replace the connector. 2. Defects in the tube flare cannot be repaired. Replace the tube. Overtightening a defective flared fitting will not stop leaks. 3. As a field repair, a ductile truncated cone shaped washer can be used between the tube flare and connector body. These washers are soft enough to fill defects in the seat and flare. They will also seal the connection. Ductile washers are available from industrial supply houses. 4. Align the tube with the fitting before attempting to start the nut. Failure to do so can cause a deformed flare and subsequent leaks. Install hoses without twists. A twisted hose attempts to straigten out when pressure is applied. This exerts a torque on the connection, eventually causing failure. 5. Lubricate the connection with hydraulic fluid, petroleum jelly or soap. Tighten the swivel nut by hand until it is snug. 6. Mark a line across the nut and connector body. This line will serve as a visual indicator as to whether the nut has been tightened and by how much. 7. Using two wrenches, one on the connector body and a torque wrench on the nut, tighten the nut to the torque value as shown in the chart. In the case of a hose, it may be necessary to use three wrenches to prevent twisting. MX,15901015,4 -19-17JAN95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-15-9 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Repair Specifications/Service Recommendations TUBE AND HOSE FITTING, 37˚ FLARE AND 30˚ CONE SEAT CONNECTOR TORQUE 10 15 10 Thread Size 3/8-24 UNF 7/16-20 UNF 1/2-20 UNF 9/16-18 UNF 3/4-16 UNF 7/8-14 UNF 1-1/16-12 UN 1-3/16-12 UN 1-5/16-12 UN 1-5/8-12 UN 1-7/8-12 UN 1. Tolerance of ± 10 percent. N·m Torque1 (lb-ft) New2 Number of Flats Used 3 Number of Flats 8 12 16 24 46 62 102 122 142 190 217 (6) (9) (12) (18) (34) (46) (75) (90) (105) (140) (160) 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 1 1 3/4 3/4 1/2 1 1 1 1 1 1 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1/2 2. To be used if a torque wrench cannot be used. After tightening fitting by hand, put a mark across the fittings, then tighten fitting the number of flats shown. 3. Flare connection seal by deforming or squeezing the tube between the nut and the connector. More deformation is possible with new parts than with old. Therefore, if a torque rench is not used for re-assembly, the values in this column must be used to revent damage. MX,15901015,5 -19-17JAN95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-15-10 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 20 Test and Adjustment Specifications TEST AND ADJUSTMENT SPECIFICATIONS Item ENGINE—322 Slow Idle Speed 3TG66UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fast Idle Speed 3TG66UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Pump Minimum Fuel Flow 3TG66UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimum Fuel Pressure 3TG66UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Choke Plate Clearance (Later models) . . . . . Oil Pressure 3TG66UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spark Plug Gap 3TG66UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cooling System Pressure Test 3TG66UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimum Pressure After After 15 Seconds 3TG66UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radiator Cap Opening Pressure 3TG66UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compression Minimum 3TG66UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum Difference Between Cylinders 3TG66UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Cranking Speed 3TG66UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 20 1 Specifications .................................. 1350 ± 50 rpm .................................. 3450 ± 50 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 mL (7 oz.)/30 seconds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 kPa (2 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 mm (0.78 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294—440 kPa (43—64 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.80 mm (0.032 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 kPa (17 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 kPa (13 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97—104 kPa (14—15 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779 kPa (113 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 kPa (14 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 rpm MX,15911020,1 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-20-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Test and Adjustment Specifications Item 10 20 2 ENGINE—330, 332, and 430 Fuel Pump Minimum Fuel Flow 3TN66UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3TNA72UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimum Fuel Pressure 3TN66UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3TNA72UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compression Minimum 3TN66UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3TNA72UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum Difference Between Cylinders 3TN66UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3TNA72UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miniumum Engine Cranking Speed . . . . . Oil Pressure 3TN66UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3TNA72UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slow Idle Speed 3TN66UJ and Later 3TNA72UJ . . . . . . . . Early 3TNA72UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fast Idle Speed 3TN66UJ and Later 3TNA72UJ . . . . . . . . Early 3TNA72UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cooling System Pressure Test 3TN66UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3TNA72UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimum Pressure After After 15 Seconds 3TN66UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3TNA72UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radiator Cap Opening Pressure 3TN66UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3TNA72UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Injection Pump Cover Nut Torque 3TN66UJ and Later 3TNA72UJ . . . . . . . . Fuel Injection Pump Cover Cap Screw Torque Early 3TNA72UJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 mL (7 oz.)/30 seconds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 mL (20 oz.)/30 seconds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 kPa (3 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 kPa (3 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2448 kPa (355 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2448 kPa (355 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 kPa (71 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 kPa (71 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 ±69 kPa (53 ±10 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 ±69 kPa (53 ±10 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1350 ± 50 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1300 ± 50 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3450 ± 50 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3400 ± 50 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 kPa (17 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 kPa (17 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 kPa (13 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 kPa (13 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97—104 kPa (14—15 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97—104 kPa (14—15 psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 N·m (78 lb-in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 N·m (78 lb-in.) MX,15911020,3 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-20-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Test and Adjustment Specifications Item ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Pulser Coils—322 Minimum Voltage Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ignition Coils—322 Primary Coil Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secondary Coil Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . Glow Plugs—330, 332 and 430 Minimum Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PTO Clutch Armature-to-Rotor Clearance . . . Starter—322, 330 and 332 Current Draw (Maximum) . . . . . . . . . . . . No-Load rpm (Minimum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . No-Load Amp Draw (Maximum) . . . . . . . . Starter—430 Current Draw (Maximum) . . . . . . . . . . . . No-Load rpm (Minimum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . No-Load Amp Draw (Maximum) . . . . . . . . Fuel Shutoff Solenoid (430 S.N. —420468) Lever-to-Stop Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alternator—322, 330 and 332 Regulated Voltage Output . . . . . . . . . . . . Unregulated Voltage Output (Minimum) . . . Regulated Current Output (Minimum) . . . . Alternator—430 Regulated Voltage Output . . . . . . . . . . . . Unregulated Current Output (Minimum) (S.N. —420468) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (S.N. 420469— ) ............... Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5—23.3 ohms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8—5.2 ohms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.8—16.2 K-ohms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 ohms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.46 mm (0.018 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 amps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7000 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 amps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 amps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3000 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 amps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 mm (0.080 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.5—15 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 amps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.8—14.7 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 amps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 amps POWER TRAIN Oil Temperature for Hydraulic Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . Charge Pump Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Implement Relief Valve Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimum Charge Pump Flow at 3450 kPa (500 psi) . 322, 332 and 430; Steering Valve Pressure in Neutral Hydrostatic Lever Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turnbuckle Lock Nut Torque (Transmission Control Lever Linkage, 330 and Version One—322, 332 and 430) . . . . . . . Detent Spring Length (Transmission Control Lever Linkage, Later Versions—322, 332 and 430) . . . . . . ...... ...... ...... ...... Position ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43˚C (110˚F) . 620—1240 kPa (90—180 psi) 5861—6722 kPa (850—975 psi) . . . . . . . . . . 11 L/min (3 gpm) . 620—1240 kPa (90—180 psi) . . . 31—44.5 N (7—10 lb force) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 N·m (24 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 mm (1.970 in.) MX,15911020,2 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-20-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 10 20 3 Test and Adjustment Specifications Item 10 20 4 Specifications STEERING AND BRAKES Oil Temperature for Hydraulic Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43˚C (110˚F) Steering System Leakage Test at Slow Idle Torque Applied to Steering Wheel Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 N·m (60 lb-in.) Maximum Left and Right Turn rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 rpm HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Oil Temperature for Hydraulic Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43˚C (110˚F) Control Valve Leakage Test Control Valve Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5860—6550 kPa (850—950 psi) Control Valve Leakage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 mL/min (1/2 fl oz/min) MX,15911020,4 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-20-4 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 25 Fuels and Lubricants FUEL—322 N 10 25 1 CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. If the engine is hot or running, do not fill the fuel tank. Do not smoke while you fill the fuel tank or service the fuel system. Fill fuel tank only to bottom of filler neck. IMPORTANT: DO NOT mix oil with gasoline. 1. Unleaded fuel is recommended. Regular leaded gasoline with an anti-knock index of 87 or higher may be used. Avoid switching from unleaded to regular gasoline to prevent engine damage. Use of gasohol is acceptable as long as the ethyl alcohol blend does not exceed 10 percent. Unleaded gasohol is preferred over leaded gasohol. M33122 -UN-25AUG88 2. Fill fuel tank at end of each day’s operation. Fill fuel tank only to bottom of filler neck. MX,15911025,1 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-25-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Fuels and Lubricants/Diesel Fuel—330, 332 and 430 DIESEL FUEL—330, 332 AND 430 Consult your local fuel distributor for properties of the diesel fuel available in your area. In general, diesel fuels are blended to satisfy the low temperature requirements of the geographical area in which they are marketed. Recommended standard grades are shown on the temperature charts. Diesel fuels meeting Military Specification VV-F-800E are preferred. If diesel fuel specified to ASTM D975 is used, the fuel must meet the following properties: • Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP) below the expected low temperature OR Cloud Point at least 5˚C (9˚F) below the expected low temperature -UN-31JAN94 • Cetane Number 40 minimum. Cetane number greater than 50 is preferred, especially for temperatures below -20˚C (-4˚F) or elevations above 1500 m (5000 ft). TS1611 10 25 2 North America ASTM D975 • Sulfur content: — Sulfur content should not exceed 0.5% Sulfur content less than 0.05% is preferred. — If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5% sulfur content is used, reduce the service interval for engine oil and filter by 50% — DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 1.0% • Lubricity — Fuel lubricity must pass the BOCLE scuffing test at 3300 gram minimum load level. — If fuel of low or unknown lubricity is used, add John Deere All-Season Diesel Fuel Conditioner at specified concentration. Bio-diesel fuels with these properties and meeting an appropriate specification may be used as an alternative to petroleum-based diesel fuel. Arctic fuels (such as Military Specification VV-F-800E, Grade DF-A) may be used at temperatures below -30˚C (-22˚F). N CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. Do not fill the fuel tank when engine is running. DO NOT smoke while you fill the fuel tank or service the fuel system. MX,15911025,2 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-25-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Fuels and Lubricants/Do Not Use Galvanized Containers STORING FUEL 10 25 3 If there is a very slow turnover of fuel in the fuel tank or supply tank, it may be necessary to add a fuel conditioner to prevent water condensation. Contact your John Deere dealer for proper service or maintenance recommendations. DX,FUEL -19-03MAR93 DO NOT USE GALVANIZED CONTAINERS IMPORTANT: Diesel fuel stored in galvanized containers reacts with zinc coating on the container to form zinc flakes. If fuel contains water, a zinc gel will also form. The gel and flakes will quickly plug fuel filters and damage fuel injectors and fuel pumps. Store fuel in: —plastic containers. —aluminum containers. —specially coated steel containers made for diesel fuel. DO NOT USE brass-coated containers: brass is an alloy of copper and zinc. DO NOT USE a galvanized container to store diesel fuel. M21,FLQ,B1 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-25-3 -19-02AUG85 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Fuels and Lubricants/Engine Oil—322 ENGINE OIL—322 Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature range during the period between oil changes. The following oils are preferred: • John Deere TURF-GARD™ • John Deere PLUS-4® Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of the following: • API Service Classification SH • API Service Classification SG • CCMC Specification G5 -UN-07NOV94 Arctic oils (such as Military Specification MIL-L-46167B) may be used at temperature below -30˚C (-22˚F). TS1624 10 25 4 MX,15911025,3 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-25-4 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Fuels and Lubricants/Diesel Engine Oil—330, 332 and 430 DIESEL ENGINE OIL—330, 332 AND 430 10 25 5 Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature range during the period between oil changes. Viscosity grade SAE 15W-40 is preferred. If other viscosity grades are used, reduce the service interval for oil and filter changes by 50% The following oil is preferred: • John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME© PLUS-50™ If John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME PLUS-50 engine oil and a John Deere oil filter are used, the service interval for oil and filter changes may be extended by 50 hours. -UN-22JUL94 The following oil is also recommended: • John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME© TS1618 Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of the following: • API Service Classification CG4 • API Service Classification CF4 • API Service Classification CE Oils meeting one of the following may be used, but reduce the service interval for engine oil and filter changes by 50%: • John Deere UNI-GARD™ • CCMC Specification D5 • CCMC Specification D4 If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5% is used, reduce the service interval for engine oil and filter by 50% Arctic oils (such as Military Specification MIL-L-46167B) may be used at temperatures below -30˚C (-22˚F). Reduce the service interval for oil and filter changes by 50% MX,15911025,4 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-25-5 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Fuels and Lubricants/Liquid Coolant Conditioner ENGINE COOLANT John Deere Low Silicate Antifreeze is recommended. Also recommended is low silicate antifreeze formulated to GM6038M or equivalent. Check container label or consult with antifreeze supplier before using. Mix 50-67 percent low silicate antifreeze with 33-50 percent distilled or deionized water. Other antifreezes that may be used: • Ethylene-glycol type. • Those containing not more than 0.1 percent anhydrous metasilicate. • Those meeting General Motors Performance Specification GM1899M IMPORTANT: Some types of ethylene-glycol antifreeze are intended for automotive use. These products are often labeled for use in aluminum engines and usually contain more than 0.1 percent of anhydrous metasilicate. Low silicate antifreeze provides: • Adequate heat transfer. • Corrosion-resistant environment within the cooling system. • Compatibility with cooling system hose and seal material. • Protection during cold and hot weather operations. Certain geographical areas may require special antifreeze or coolant practices. If you have any questions, consult your authorized servicing dealer to obtain the latest information and recommendations. DX,COOL -19-04JUN90 DX,COOL1 -19-04JUN90 LIQUID COOLANT CONDITIONER -UN-14DEC88 John Deere Liquid Coolant Conditioner is recommended for wet-sleeve diesel engines not having a coolant filter option. Other conditioners may be used if it contains non-chromate inhibitors. IMPORTANT: If engine is equipped with a John Deere Coolant Filter Conditioner, the correct inhibitors are contained in the filter. If both are used, a gel-type deposit is created which could inhibit heat transfer and block coolant flow. John Deere Liquid Coolant Conditioner does not protect against freezing. RG4690 10 25 6 Various sizes of coolant conditioners are available from your John Deere dealer. TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-25-6 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Fuels and Lubricants/Transmission and Hydraulic Oil TRANSMISSION AND HYDRAULIC OIL 10 25 7 Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature range during the period between oil changes. The following oils are preferred: • John Deere HY-GARD® • John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD® The following oils are also recommended: • John Deere UNI-GARD™ • John Deere BIO-HY-GARD™1 Other oils may be used if they meet one of the following: -UN-31JAN94 • John Deere Standard JDM J20C • John Deere Standard JDM J20D • John Deere Standard JDM J27A IMPORTANT: Do not use engine oil for this application. TS1413 Arctic oils (such as Military Specification MIL-L-46167B) may be used at temperatures below -30˚C (-22˚F). 1BIO-HY-GARD meets or exceeds the minimum biodegradability of 80% within 21 days according to CEC-L-33-T-82 test method. BIO-HY-GARD should not be mixed with mineral oils because this reduces the biodegradability and makes proper oil recycling impossible. TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-25-7 DX,ANTI -19-01FEB94 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Fuels and Lubricants/Mower Deck Gear Case Oil GREASE Use grease based on the expected air temperature range during the service interval. The following greases are preferred: • John Deere MOLY HIGH TEMPERATURE EP GREASE • John Deere HIGH TEMPERATURE EP GREASE • John Deere GREASE-GARD™ Other greases may be used if they meet one of the following: • SAE Multipurpose EP Grease with a maximum of 5% molybdenum disulfide • SAE Multipurpose EP Grease TS1622 -UN-02NOV94 Greases meeting Military Specification MIL-G-10924F may be used as arctic grease. DX,GREA1 -19-02NOV94 MOWER DECK GEAR CASE OIL Depending upon the expected air temperature range during the drain interval, use oil viscosity shown on the adjoining temperature chart. John Deere API GL-5 Gear Oil is recommended. If other oils are used, they must meet performance requirements of: -19-30SEP88 •API Service Classification GL-5 •Military Specificaiton MIL-L-2105C X9322 10 25 8 MX,15901025,3 -19-14FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-25-8 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Fuels and Lubricants/Mixing of Lubricants ALTERNATIVE AND SYNTHETIC LUBRICANTS Conditions in certain geographical areas may require lubricant recommendations different from those printed in this manual. Some John Deere lubricants may not be available in your location. Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain information and recommendations. 10 25 9 Synthetic lubricants may be used if they meet the performance requirements listed in this manual. DX,ALTER -19-01FEB94 LUBRICANT STORAGE Your equipment can operate at top efficiency only if clean lubricants are used. Use clean containers to handle all lubricants. Whenever possible, store lubricants and containers in an area protected from dust, moisture, and other contamination. Store containers on their side to avoid water and dirt accumulation. DX,LUBST -19-01FEB94 DX,LUBMIX -19-01FEB94 MIXING OF LUBRICANTS In general, avoid mixing different brands or types of oil. Oil manufacturers blend additives in their oils to meet certain specifications and performance requirements. Mixing different oils can interfere with the proper functioning of these additives and degrade lubricant performance. TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-25-9 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Fuels and Lubricants/Mixing of Lubricants 10 25 10 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-25-10 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 30 Serial Number Locations SERIAL NUMBERS 10 30 1 When working on machines or components that are covered by warranty, it is IMPORTANT that you include the tractor Product Identification Number and the component serial number on the warranty claim form. The location of component serial number plates are shown below. MX,M21,1030R,1 -19-22APR85 PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER M34494 -UN-08NOV89 NOTE: All identification number plates are located on the pedestal. On some models, the plate is on the right-hand side. On others, front top left corner. MX,15901030,1 -19-12MAY95 M34495 -UN-08NOV89 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER MX,15911030,1 -19-13JUL95 TRANSMISSION SERIAL NUMBER M38478 -UN-29AUG88 Serial number plate (A) location. MX,15901030,3 -19-12MAY95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-30-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Serial Number Locations/Serial Numbers DIFFERENTIAL SERIAL NUMBER M38479 -UN-29AUG88 Serial number plate (A) location. MX,15901030,4 -19-12MAY95 -UN-29AUG88 CONTROL VALVE SERIAL NUMBER M38480 10 30 2 MX,15901030,5 -19-12MAY95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 10-30-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Section 20 ENGINE REPAIR Contents Page 20 Group 05—Engine—322 Repair—Use CTM12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-05-1 20-05-1 Group 06—Engine—330, 332 and 430 Repair—Use CTM3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remove and Install—330 and 332 . . . Remove—430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Install—430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-06-1 20-06-1 20-06-4 20-06-8 TM1591 (15JUL95) . . . . . . . . 20-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Contents 20 TM1591 (15JUL95) 20-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 05 Engine—322 YANMAR GASOLINE ENGINE REPAIR—USE CTM12 TS225 -UN-17JAN89 For complete repair information, the component technical manual (CTM) is also required. Use the component technical manual in conjunction with this machine manual. MX,15912005,1 -19-13JUL95 REMOVE AND INSTALL ENGINE—322 -UN-23AUG88 1. Remove grille, side panels, battery, battery base and belly screen. 2. Disconnect headlight and hour meter leads. N TS281 3. Remove hood, hood support and battery base support. CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely. 4. Drain radiator. Approximate capacity is 2.8 L (3 U.S. qt). 5. Disconnect items (A—D). M77901 -UN-15DEC94 A—Starter Cable and Leads B—Alternator Lead C—Voltage Regulator Lead D—Temperature Coolant Lead MX,15912005,2 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 20-05-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 20 05 1 Engine—322/Remove and Install 6. Disconnect items (A—I). -UN-20DEC89 M49504 20 05 2 A—Radiator Hoses B—Throttle Cable C—Choke Cable D—Ignition Coil Lead E—Ignition Trigger Lead F—Oil Pressure Sensor Lead G—PTO Clutch Lead H—Wire Harness Ground and Frame to Engine Ground I—Fuel Line at Filter MX,5M3,2005K,H -19-18DEC87 TM1591 (15JUL95) 20-05-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Engine—322/Remove and Install 7. Remove cap screws (A) holding rubber drive shaft isolator to engine. -UN-20DEC89 8. Loosen cap screws at universal joint at transmission input shaft and slide drive shaft toward transmission. This will eliminate any preload on the drive shaft when reassembling. M49505 9. Remove engine mounting nuts. 10. Attach load positioning sling to lift eyes and remove engine. 11. Make repairs as necessary. (See CTM12.) 12. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. • Tighten engine mounting nuts to specifications. • When connecting drive shaft, tighten cap screws to specifications. • Close drain valve and fill radiator with proper coolant until coolant is 13—25 mm (0.500—1 in.) below bottom of filler neck. (See Engine Coolant in Section 10, Group 25.) NOTE: On Early models, the choke is activated manually by a cable. On Later models, the choke operates automatically. • Early models; Adjust choke cable. (See Section 220, Group 10.) • Adjust slow and fast idle. (See Section 220, Group 10.) TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Engine Mounting Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 N·m (36 lb-ft) Drive Shaft Engine Mounting Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 N·m (27 lb-ft) Universal Joint Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 N·m (45 lb-ft) MX,15912005,3 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 20-05-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 20 05 3 Engine—322/Remove and Install 20 05 4 TM1591 (15JUL95) 20-05-4 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 06 Engine—330, 332 and 430 YANMAR DIESEL ENGINE REPAIR—USE CTM3 TS225 -UN-17JAN89 For complete repair information, the component technical manual (CTM) is also required. Use the component technical manual in conjunction with this machine manual. MX,15912006,1 -19-13JUL95 REMOVE AND INSTALL ENGINE—330 AND 332 -UN-23AUG88 1. Remove grille, side panels, battery, battery base and belly screen. 2. Disconnect headlight and hour meter leads. N TS281 3. Remove hood, hood support and battery base support. CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely. 4. Drain radiator. Approximate capacity is 2.8 L (3 U.S. qt). NOTE: On 330, wiring harness ground and engine-to-frame ground (D) are connected to rear engine mount. 5. Disconnect items (A—E). M49506 -UN-20DEC89 A—Battery Positive (+) Cable and Starter Leads B—Alternator Lead C—PTO Clutch Lead D—Wiring Harness Ground and Engine to Frame Ground E—Coolant Temperature Lead MX,15912006,2 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 20-06-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 20 06 1 Engine—330, 332 and 430/Remove and Install—330 and 332 NOTE: On Early 330, fuel shutoff solenoid is activated manually by a cable. On 332 and Later 330, fuel shutoff solenoid is activated electronically. 6. Disconnect items (A—G). -UN-20DEC89 A—Radiator Hoses B—Return Fuel Line C—Throttle Cable D—Fuel Pump Hose E—Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Connector (332, Later 330) —Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Cable (Early 330) F—Glow Plug Lead G—Oil Pressure Sensor Lead M49507 20 06 2 MX,15912006,3 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 20-06-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Engine—330, 332 and 430/Remove and Install—330 and 332 7. Remove cap screws (A) holding rubber drive shaft isolator to engine. -UN-20DEC89 8. Loosen cap screws at universal joint at transmission input shaft and slide drive shaft toward transmission. This will eliminate any preload on the drive shaft when reassembling. M49505 9. Remove engine mounting nuts. 10. Attach load positioning sling to lift eyes and remove engine. 11. Make repairs as necessary. (See CTM3.) 12. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. • Tighten engine mounting nuts to specifications. • When connecting drive shaft, tighten cap screws to specifications. • Close drain valve and fill radiator with proper coolant until coolant is 13—25 mm (0.500—1 in.) below bottom of filler neck. (See Engine Coolant in Section 10, Group 25.) • Bleed the fuel system. (See Section 220, Group 10.) • Adjust slow and fast idle. (See Section 220, Group 10.) TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Engine Mounting Nuts . . . . . . Drive Shaft Engine Mounting Cap Screws 330 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal Joint Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 N·m (36 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 N·m (20 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 N·m (27 lb-ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 N·m (45 lb-ft) MX,15912006,4 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 20-06-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 20 06 3 Engine—330, 332 and 430/Remove—430 REMOVE ENGINE—430 N CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. TS281 Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely. -UN-15DEC94 2. Drain radiator. Approximate capacity is 3.8 L (4 U.S. qt). 3. Turn air vent on fuel/water separator counterclockwise to open air vent. M77902 4. Turn drain plug (C) counterclockwise to drain fuel from separator. 5. Disconnect fuel injection pump inlet hose (B) and leak-off hose (A). 6. Remove three cap screws and fuel/water separator. MX,15912006,5 -19-13JUL95 7. Disconnect hoses (A—C). 8. Remove cap screw (D) and clamp (E). -UN-16NOV89 A—Air Cleaner Hose B—Water Pump Inlet Hose C—Water Pump Outlet Hose D—Cap Screw E—Clamp M35461 20 06 4 -UN-23AUG88 1. Remove grille, side panels, battery and battery base. MX,15912006,6 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 20-06-4 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Engine—330, 332 and 430/Remove—430 9. Disconnect hoses (A and B). -UN-16NOV89 10. Remove cap screw (C), ground wire (D)(Early Models), clamp (E) and coolant recovery tank (F). M35462 A—Upper Radiator Hose B—Radiator Inlet Hose C—Cap Screw D—Headlight Ground Wire (Early Models) E—Clamp F—Coolant Recovery Tank MX,15912006,7 -19-13JUL95 11. Loosen hose clamp (A) to remove water pump inlet hose (B). -UN-16NOV89 12. Remove two cap screws and washers to disconnect fan shroud. 13. Disconnect headlight wiring lead. M35463 14. Remove four cap screws and hood assembly. MX,15912006,8 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 20-06-5 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 20 06 5 Engine—330, 332 and 430/Remove—430 15. Disconnect wiring leads (A—G). 16. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable from right rear engine mount. 17. Remove battery cables. -UN-16NOV89 A—Alternator-to-Starting Motor (Output) B—Alternator-to-Key Switch (Field) C—Alternator-to-Control Module D—Starting Motor Solenoid-to-Safe-Start Relay E—Battery Positive (+) Cable F—Starting Motor-to-Key Switch G—Starting Motor-to-Glow Plug Controller M35466 20 06 6 Right-Hand Side MX,15912006,9 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 20-06-6 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Engine—330, 332 and 430/Remove—430 18. Disconnect wiring leads (A—F). 19. Remove cap screw (G) and clamp (H). 20. Disconnect throttle cable (I). 21. Turn steering wheel to full left turn position to aid in muffler removal. 20 06 7 22. Remove muffler. 23. Remove PTO belt guard. 24. Loosen PTO belt tension and remove belts from engine. 25. Disconnect drive shaft at engine. -UN-16NOV89 26. Remove fan shroud. NOTE: Rear engine mounts have a nut and two washers. M35469 27. Remove engine mounting nuts and washers, if equipped. 28. Attach load positioning sling to lift eyes and remove engine. 29. Make repairs as necessary. (See CTM3.) Left-Hand Side A—Coolant Temperature Sender B—Glow Plug C—Front PTO Clutch D—Oil Pressure Sender E—Fuel Shutoff Solenoid-to-Circuit Breaker (Early Models) F—Fuel Shutoff Solenoid-to-Control Module G—Cap Screw H—Clamp I—Throttle Cable MX,15912006,10 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 20-06-7 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Engine—330, 332 and 430/Install—430 INSTALL ENGINE—430 NOTE: Rear engine mounts have a nut and two washers. M35665 20 06 8 -UN-27NOV89 1. If necessary, loosen one front engine mount nut. Align engine mount stud with hole in front engine mounting bracket. Install the engine. Align front engine mount dowel pin with hole in frame mounting bracket. Tighten nut. 2. Install two washers, if equipped, and engine mounting nuts. Tighten nuts to specifications. 3. Install fan shroud. 4. Connect drive shaft to engine. Tighten cap screws to specifications. 5. Install two belts on PTO pulley. Tighten adjuster nut until spring is 35 mm (1.380 in.) long. 6. Install PTO belt guard. TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Engine Mounting Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 N·m (36 lb-ft) Drive Shaft Mounting Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 N·m (20 lb-ft) MX,15912006,11 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 20-06-8 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Engine—330, 332 and 430/Install—430 7. Loosen four cap screws (C). 8. Install muffler. Tighten mounting hardware finger-tight. IMPORTANT: Tighten exhaust mounting hardware in sequence described. Failure to do so, may create binding around exhaust system resulting in muffler breaking off. 20 06 9 9. Tighten exhaust mounting hardware in the following sequence: M77310 -UN-15DEC94 A—Muffler-to-Engine Mount Cap Screw (2 used) B—Muffler-to-Gear Case Cover Cap Screw (2 used) C—Exhaust Pipe-to-Manifold Cap Screw (4 used) D—Muffler Clamp Nut (2 used) MX,15912006,12 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 20-06-9 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Engine—330, 332 and 430/Install—430 10. Connect throttle cable (I). 11. Install clamp (H) and cap screw (G). 12. Connect wiring leads (A—F). -UN-16NOV89 A—Coolant Temperature Sender B—Glow Plug C—Front PTO Clutch D—Oil Pressure Sender E—Fuel Shutoff Solenoid-to-Circuit Breaker (Early Models) F—Fuel Shutoff Solenoid-to-Control Module G—Cap Screw H—Clamp I—Throttle Cable M35469 20 06 10 Left-Hand Side MX,15912006,13 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 20-06-10 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Engine—330, 332 and 430/Install—430 13. Install battery cables. 14. Connect battery negative (—) cable to right rear engine mount. Tighten cap screw to 49 N·m (36 lb-ft). 15. Connect wiring leads (A—G). 20 06 11 M35466 -UN-16NOV89 A—Alternator-to-Starting Motor (Output) B—Alternator-to-Key Switch (Field) C—Alternator-to-Control Module D—Starting Motor Solenoid-to-Safe-Start Relay E—Battery Positive (+) Cable F—Starting Motor-to-Key Switch G—Starting Motor-to-Glow Plug Controller Right-Hand Side MX,15912006,14 -19-13JUL95 16. Install hood assembly. -UN-16NOV89 17. Install two washers and cap screws connect fan shroud to hood assembly. 18. Connect headlight wiring lead. M35463 19. Install water pump inlet hose (B). Tighten hose clamp (A). MX,15912006,15 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 20-06-11 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Engine—330, 332 and 430/Install—430 20. Install coolant recovery tank (F), clamp (E), ground wire (D)(Early Models) and cap screw (C). M35462 A—Upper Radiator Hose B—Radiator Inlet Hose C—Cap Screw D—Headlight Ground Wire (Early Models) E—Clamp F—Coolant Recovery Tank MX,15912006,16 -19-13JUL95 22. Install clamp (E) and cap screw (D). 23. Connect hoses (A—C). M35461 -UN-16NOV89 A—Air Cleaner Hose B—Water Pump Inlet Hose C—Water Pump Outlet Hose D—Cap Screw E—Clamp MX,15912006,17 -19-13JUL95 24. Install fuel/water separator. Tighten cap screws to 20 N·m (180 lb-in.). -UN-15DEC94 25. Connect fuel injection pump inlet hose (B) and leak-off hose (A). 26. Turn drain plug (C) and air vent plug clockwise to close. 27. Install battery base and battery. M77902 20 06 12 -UN-16NOV89 21. Connect hoses (A and B). 28. Close drain valve and fill radiator with proper coolant until coolant is 13—25 mm (0.500—1 in.) below bottom of filler neck. (See Engine Coolant in Section 10, Group 25.) 29. Bleed the fuel system. (See Section 220, Group 11.) 30. Adjust slow and fast idle. (See Section 220, Group 11.) 31. Install side panels and grille. MX,15912006,18 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 20-06-12 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Section 40 ELECTRICAL REPAIR Contents Page Group 05—Front PTO Clutch Other Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remove—322, 330 and 332 . . . . . Remove—430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disassemble, Inspect and Assemble Install—322, 330 and 332 . . . . . . . Install—430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM1591 (15JUL95) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-05-1 40-05-1 40-05-2 40-05-4 40-05-6 40-05-7 40 40-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Contents 40 TM1591 (15JUL95) 40-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 05 Front PTO Clutch OTHER MATERIAL Number Name Use Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) Apply to threads of front PTO clutch-to-crankshaft cap screw. LOCTITE® PRODUCTS U.S./Canadian/LOCTITE No. T43512/TY9473/242 ®LOCTITE is a registered trademark of the Loctite Corp. MX,15914005,20 -19-13JUL95 40 05 1 REMOVE FRONT PTO CLUTCH—322, 330 AND 332 -UN-09DEC89 1. Remove grille and left-hand side panel. 2. Loosen PTO belt tension and remove belt from PTO clutch sheave. M55045 3. Disconnect PTO clutch wire lead. 4. Remove cap screw and washer holding clutch to crankshaft. 5. Remove three lock nuts (A). MX,15914005,1 -19-13JUL95 6. Remove armature, pulley and brake assembly from field coil. M55046 -UN-09DEC89 7. Remove three springs. MX,15914005,2 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 40-05-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Front PTO Clutch/Remove—430 8. Remove rotor from field coil. M55048 -UN-09DEC89 9. Remove key from shaft. MX,15914005,3 -19-13JUL95 NOTE: Note position of clutch wire lead to aid in installation. M55049 -UN-09DEC89 10. Remove field coil. MX,15914005,4 -19-13JUL95 REMOVE FRONT PTO CLUTCH—430 CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. -UN-23AUG88 N TS281 Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely. 1. Drain and remove radiator. Approximate capacity is 3.8 L (4 U.S. qt). -UN-25JAN90 2. Remove fan and fan spacer. M36821 40 05 2 MX,15914005,5 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 40-05-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Front PTO Clutch/Remove—430 3. Loosen PTO belt tension and remove adjusting assembly. -UN-25JAN90 4. Remove belts from PTO clutch sheaves. 5. Remove three lock nuts holding brake plate to field coil. M36824 6. Push idler (A) back and remove brake plate. 7. Remove three springs (B). MX,15914005,6 -19-13JUL95 40 05 3 M36825 -UN-25JAN90 8. Remove armature assembly from field coil. MX,15914005,7 -19-13JUL95 9. Remove rotor from field coil. M36826 -UN-25JAN90 10. Remove key from shaft. MX,15914005,8 -19-13JUL95 NOTE: Note position of clutch wire lead to aid in installation. -UN-25JAN90 11. Disconnect PTO clutch wire lead (A). 12. Loosen cap screw (B) to disconnect lead from clip. M36827 13. Remove four cap screws and lock washers (C) and field coil. MX,15914005,9 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 40-05-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Front PTO Clutch/Disassemble, Inspect and Assemble DISASSEMBLE, INSPECT AND ASSEMBLE FRONT PTO CLUTCH -UN-03AUG89 1. Inspect armature for bent, weak or broken contact springs. Replace armature if damaged. M32117 2. Inspect rotor and armature face contacts for wear. Replace if worn or grooved. Clean face contacts of dirt or foreign material. MX,15904005,3 -19-12MAY95 NOTE: Bearing is press-fit in armature. Remove only if replacement is necessary. -UN-03AUG89 3. Inspect armature bearing for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. M32113 4. To replace armature bearing; remove snap ring. MX,15904005,4 -19-14DEC94 5. Remove hub and bearing from armature using a press and a 1-11/16 in. driver disk. Make sure assembly is supported on pulley, NOT on armature plate. -UN-03AUG89 6. Remove shim washer from inside pulley hub. 7. Remove hub from bearing using a press and a 1-3/4 in. driver disk. 8. Install hub into new bearing using a press and driver disk. M32114 40 05 4 9. Install shim washer in bottom of pulley hub. MX,15904005,5 -19-14DEC94 TM1591 (15JUL95) 40-05-4 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Front PTO Clutch/Disassemble, Inspect and Assemble -UN-03AUG89 IMPORTANT: Support the armature assembly on the spring rivets when installing bearing/hub assembly into armature assembly, or damage to armature and springs will occur. M32120 10. Support armature on spring rivets and install bearing/hub assembly into pulley hub with a press and a 2-15/16 in. driver disk. 11. Install snap ring. MX,15904005,6 -19-14DEC94 40 05 5 12. Inspect field coil for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. 13. Test field coil for electrical continuity. Early version: -UN-03AUG89 —Attach field coil lead to positive (+) terminal of a charged storage battery. —Set coil base on negative (—) battery terminal. —Put a steel bolt across coil. Electromagnetic action will hold bolt to coil if coil is good. If bolt does not stick to coil, replace the coil. Early Version M77321 -UN-25JAN95 —Attach a jumper wire from one terminal of two-pin connector to negative (—) battery terminal. —Attach another jumper wire from the remaining terminal of two-pin connector to positive (+) battery terminal. —Put a steel bolt across coil. Electromagnetic action will hold bolt to coil if coil is good. If bolt does not stick to coil, replace the coil. M32118 Later version: Later Version MX,15904005,7 -19-19JAN95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 40-05-5 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Front PTO Clutch/Install—322, 330 and 332 INSTALL FRONT PTO CLUTCH—322, 330 AND 332 -UN-09DEC89 IMPORTANT: Make sure clutch wire lead is in same position as when removed, to prevent shorting of wires. M55049 1. Install field coil and fasten with four cap screws and star washers. Be sure centering lugs on backside of coil are properly seated in engine face. Tighten cap screws. 2. Install rotor and key. 40 05 6 MX,15914005,10 -19-13JUL95 3. Install three springs on mounting studs. M55046 -UN-09DEC89 4. Install armature, pulley and brake plate assembly. MX,15914005,11 -19-13JUL95 5. Install three lock nuts (A). DO NOT tighten nuts. -UN-09DEC89 6. Install washer and cap screw on end of crankshaft. Tighten cap screw to 47 N·m (35 lb-ft). M55045 7. Connect PTO clutch wire lead. MX,15914005,12 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 40-05-6 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Front PTO Clutch/Install—430 -UN-13FEB95 8. Put a 0.46 mm (0.018 in.) flat feeler gauge through slots in brake plate between rotor and armature. Turn lock nuts until space between rotor and armature is 0.46 mm (0.018 in.). Be sure all three nuts are adjusted so space between armature and rotor is adjusted to specification at each of three slots in brake plate. M77322 9. After adjusting, turn ignition switch ON. Move PTO switch ON and OFF several times to seat parts. Turn ignition switch OFF. Recheck clearance and adjust as necessary. 10. Install PTO clutch belt. 40 05 7 11. Install side panel and grille. MX,15914005,13 -19-13JUL95 INSTALL FRONT PTO CLUTCH—430 -UN-25JAN90 IMPORTANT: Make sure clutch wire lead is in same position as when removed, to prevent shorting of wires. M36827 1. Install field coil and fasten with four cap screws and lock washers (C). Be sure centering lugs on backside of coil are properly seated in engine face. Tighten cap screws. 2. Install PTO clutch wire lead in clip (B) and tighten cap screw. 3. Connect PTO wire lead (A). 4. Install rotor and key. MX,15914005,14 -19-13JUL95 M36825 -UN-25JAN90 5. Install armature assembly. Make sure slot in hub aligns with shaft key. MX,15914005,15 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 40-05-7 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Front PTO Clutch/Install—430 6. Install three springs (B). 7. Push idler (A) back and install brake plate. M36824 -UN-25JAN90 8. Install three lock nuts (A). DO NOT tighten nuts. MX,15914005,16 -19-13JUL95 -UN-25JAN90 9. Put a 0.46 mm (0.018 in.) flat feeler gauge through slots in brake plate between rotor and armature. Turn lock nuts until space between rotor and armature is 0.46 mm (0.018 in.). Be sure all three nuts are adjusted so space between armature and rotor is adjusted to specification at each of three slots in brake plate. M36829 10. After adjusting, turn ignition switch ON. Move PTO switch ON and OFF several times to seat parts. Turn ignition switch OFF. Recheck clearance and adjust as necessary. MX,15914005,17 -19-13JUL95 11. Install PTO clutch belts. 12. Install idler adjustment assembly. -UN-25JAN90 13. Lubricate idler shaft with multipurpose grease. 14. Adjust PTO belt tension; tighten nut until spring measures 35 mm (1.380 in.). M36830 40 05 8 MX,15914005,18 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 40-05-8 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Front PTO Clutch/Install—430 15. Install fan spacer with grooved end of spacer facing away from engine. -UN-25JAN90 16. Install fan. 17. Apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to threads of cap screw. Install cap screw and tighten to 47 N·m (35 lb-ft). M36821 18. Install radiator. 19. Close drain valve and fill radiator with proper coolant until coolant is 13—25 mm (0.500—1 in.) below bottom of filler neck. (See Engine Coolant in Section 10, Group 25.) 40 05 9 MX,15914005,19 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 40-05-9 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Front PTO Clutch/Install—430 40 05 10 TM1591 (15JUL95) 40-05-10 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Section 50 POWER TRAIN REPAIR Contents Page Page Group 05—Transmission Other Materials . . . . . . . . Service Parts Kits . . . . . . Charge Pump Remove and Install . . . . Disassemble and Inspect Assemble . . . . . . . . . . Remove and Install Charge Relief Valve . . . Implement Relief Valve . Remove Transmission . . . . Disassemble Transmission Cover . . . . Pump and Motor . . . . . . Pump and Motor Housing Assemble Pump and Motor Housing Pump and Motor . . . . . . Transmission Cover . . . . Install Transmission . . . . . .......... .......... 50-05-1 50-05-1 .......... .......... .......... 50-05-2 50-05-3 50-05-4 .......... .......... .......... 50-05-5 50-05-6 50-05-6 . . . . . . . . . . 50-05-11 . . . . . . . . . . 50-05-14 . . . . . . . . . . 50-05-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-25-1 50-25-2 50-25-3 50-25-4 50-25-5 ........ 50-26-1 . . . . 50-26-1 50-26-4 50-26-5 50-26-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-10-1 50-10-2 50-10-3 50-10-4 50-10-5 50-10-6 . 50-15-1 . 50-15-1 . 50-15-2 . 50-15-2 . 50-15-12 Group 20—Rear Axles Other Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM1591 (15JUL95) Group 26—Drive Shaft—430 Other Materials . . . . . . . . . . Remove and Install Early Models . . . . . . . . . . Later Models . . . . . . . . . . Disassemble and Inspect . . . . Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 .. .. .. .. .. 50-05-19 50-05-21 50-05-22 50-05-25 Group 10—Transmission Control Linkage Inspect and Repair Control Linkage—330 . Inspect and Repair Control Linkage—322, 332 and 430 Version One—322 and 332 . . . . . . . . Version One—430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Version Two . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Version Three . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inspect and Repair Differential Lock and Two-Speed Linkage (430) . . . . . . . . . . Group 15—Differential Other Materials . . . . . . Service Parts Kits . . . . Remove and Install . . . Disassemble and Inspect Assemble . . . . . . . . . . Group 25—Drive Shaft—322, 330 and Other Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remove and Install—322 and 332 . . . Remove and Install—330 . . . . . . . . . Disassemble and Inspect . . . . . . . . . . Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-20-1 50-20-1 50-20-4 50-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 Contents 50 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 05 Transmission OTHER MATERIAL Number Name Use M79292 MPG-2® Multi-Purpose Polymer Grease Prevents parts from seizing. Apply to splines of transmission input shaft. ®MPG-2 is a registered trademark of DuBois USA. MX,15905005,OTH-19-07MAR95 SERVICE PARTS KITS The following kits are available through your parts catalog: 50 05 1 Charge Relief Valve Shim Pack Kit Implement Relief Valve Shim Pack Kit Differential Frame Support Bracket Replacement Kit for Early Models Motor Valve Plate Replacement Part for Early Models MX,15905005,KIT-19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Charge Pump REMOVE AND INSTALL CHARGE PUMP 1. Remove fender deck and fuel tank. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. X9811 N -UN-23AUG88 2. Remove drive shaft. (See procedure in Group 25.) -UN-25JAN90 3. Remove two cap screws and charge pump. M36534 50 05 2 430 Shown MX,15915005,2 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Charge Pump NOTE: Transmission is removed for photographic purpose only. -UN-29AUG88 4. Remove pin (A). Inspect pin for straightness and rounded ends. Replace if necessary. 5. Inspect machined surface (B) of transmission for severe scoring. If scoring is noted replace transmission. M36084 6. Make repairs as necessary. (See Disassemble, Inspect and Assemble Charge Pump.) 7. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. • Apply clean John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD® oil on all internal components. • Apply petroleum jelly to pin (A) (to hold in place) and lip of oil seal. 50 05 3 IMPORTANT: Tape end of transmission input shaft to prevent seal damage during charge pump installation. • Apply tape around end of transmission input shaft. • Install charge pump onto shaft. Turn pump until flat side of casting is on relief valve side. • Install mounting cap screws and tighten to 70 N·m (52 lb-ft). • Remove tape from shaft and apply MPG-2® Multi-Purpose Polymer Grease on splines. MX,15905005,3 -19-07MAR95 DISASSEMBLE AND INSPECT CHARGE PUMP -UN-29AUG88 1. Remove inner ring and rotor ring (A). M36085 2. Remove O-ring (B). MX,15905005,4 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Charge Pump 3. Inspect inner ring key way for damage or shear pin debris. -UN-29JAN90 4. Inspect rotor ring (A) for cracks or signs of scoring on the outer edge. M36086 5. Inspect gerotor set for wear or damage. If any component is worn or damaged, replace gerotor set as an assembly. MX,15905005,5 -19-23FEB95 6. Pry out seal using a screwdriver. -UN-29AUG88 7. Inspect bearing for wear or damage. Remove bearing using a driver set. M36087 8. Inspect housing for wear or damage. Replace entire charge pump if necessary. MX,15905005,6 -19-23FEB95 ASSEMBLE CHARGE PUMP -UN-29AUG88 IMPORTANT: Always use new seals and O-rings. Damaged or used parts will leak. NOTE: Lubricate all seals and O-rings with petroleum jelly during assembly. 1. Apply clean John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD® oil on all internal parts. M36089 50 05 4 NOTE: Bearing is press-fit in housing. Remove bearing only if replacement is necessary. 2. If removed, press bearing into housing using a 1-1/8 in. driver disk. Install bearing until flush with housing surface. 3. Install new seal using a 1-5/8 in. driver disk. Install seal with lip (spring side) toward inside of housing. MX,15905005,7 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-4 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Remove and Install 4. Install new O-ring (B). Apply petroleum jelly to seal and housing to hold O-ring in its groove. M36085 -UN-29AUG88 5. Install rotor ring (A) and inner ring. The gerotor set must spin freely in housing. MX,15905005,8 -19-23FEB95 REMOVE AND INSTALL CHARGE RELIEF VALVE -UN-25JAN90 1. Remove fender deck and fuel tank. 2. Remove charge relief valve plug from right side of transmission housing. M36537 IMPORTANT: If relief valve is being disassembled to be cleaned, the same number and thicknesses of shims must be installed when assembled. 430 Shown 3. Remove shims (A) if equipped, spring and valve. 4. Inspect valve and housing for wear or damage. Valve must slide freely in bore. Replace parts if required. 5. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. • Apply clean John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD® oil on valve and spring. MX,15915005,3 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-5 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 05 5 Transmission/Remove Transmission REMOVE AND INSTALL IMPLEMENT RELIEF VALVE -UN-25JAN90 1. Remove fender deck and fuel tank. 2. Remove implement relief valve plug from top of transmission housing. M36539 IMPORTANT: If relief valve is being disassembled to be cleaned, the same number and thicknesses of shims must be installed when assembled. 430 Shown 3. Remove shims (A) if equipped, spring and valve. 4. Inspect valve and housing for wear or damage. Valve must slide freely in bore. Replace parts as necessary. 5. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. • Apply clean John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD® oil on valve and spring. MX,15915005,4 -19-13JUL95 REMOVE TRANSMISSION -UN-25AUG88 1. Remove drain plug (A) to drain transmission oil. Approximate capacity is 4.7 L (5 U.S. qt). 2. Remove fender deck and fuel tank. M33430 3. Remove belly screen/pan. MX,15905005,11 -19-23FEB95 4. Loosen two lock nuts and cap screws, if equipped. -UN-25JAN90 5. On 330; Remove deflector shields with foam at rear of transmission. 6. Remove hydraulic pressure line (A) and return line (B). Close all openings with caps and plugs. M36540 50 05 6 430 Shown MX,15915005,5 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-6 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Remove Transmission -UN-25JAN90 NOTE: There are different versions of the swashplate control arm. Also, attaching swashplate control arm to the control shaft on transmission is different. Some machines use a safety wire and roll pin, others use a nut and cap screw. M36541 7. Remove safety wire and roll pin (A) or nut and cap screw to disconnect transmission control linkage. Early Model Shown 50 05 7 MX,15915005,6 -19-13JUL95 8. Disconnect two hoses (A and B). M36542 -UN-25JAN90 9. Disconnect oil fill tube hose (C). MX,15915005,7 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-7 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Remove Transmission NOTE: Steps 10 through 12 are for 430 only. Go to Step 13 to continue removal procedures for all machines. -UN-19JAN95 10. Move 2-speed axle shift lever to fast (rabbit) position to aid in removal of linkage. M36543 11. Remove cotter pin (A), washer (B) and pin (G) to disconnect two-speed differential linkage (C). 12. Remove cotter pin (F) and pin (E) to disconnect differential lock linkage (D). 50 05 8 A—Cotter Pin B—Washer C—Two-Speed Differential Linkage D—Differential Lock Linkage E—Pin F—Cotter Pin G—Pin MX,15915005,8 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-8 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Remove Transmission 13. Use a floor jack to support transmission and place jack stands under tractor frame. -UN-24FEB95 NOTE: Early models had two bolts (A) attaching differential to frame support bracket (C). Later models have one shoulder bolt (A) or one bolt with a washer and spacer. 15. Disconnect suction hose (B) from transmission. Close all openings using caps and plugs. M77300 14. Remove two bolts or shoulder bolt (A) or bolt, washer and spacer. Early Models M77301 IMPORTANT: It is recommended to replace the early model differential frame support bracket (C) with the later configuration (D). The early models attached the differential to the frame support bracket with two bolts (A). One in the differential case and the other in the differential cover. When the machine went over rough terrain, the flexing of the cover and case caused the differential gasket to leak. With the later model frame support bracket installed, the slotted hole and single shoulder bolt (A) (attached to the case only) will allow for flexing, eliminating any possible leaks. -UN-24FEB95 16. Disconnect all other mounting bolts, hoses and clamps needed to remove the transmission and differential. Later Models A—Bolt(s) B—Suction Hose C—Differential Frame Support Bracket (Early Models) D—Differential Frame Support Bracket (Later Models) 17. Early models; Remove differential frame support bracket (C). MX,15915005,9 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-9 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 05 9 Transmission/Remove Transmission NOTE: Disconnect brakes on both sides of machine. 18. Disconnect spring (A). -UN-19JAN95 19. Remove nut (B), plate or washer (D) and spring (C). 20. Bend tabs (F) flat. Remove two cap screws (E) from each side of machine. M77903 21. Lower differential and transmission assembly and roll away from frame. Early 430 A—Return Spring B—Nut C—Spring D—Plate (Early 430) —Washer (All and Later 430) E—Mounting Cap Screw (2 used) F—Lock Plate Tab M77332 -UN-13FEB95 50 05 10 All and Later 430 MX,15915005,10 -19-13JUL95 22. Thoroughly clean outside surface of differential assembly with steam cleaner or cleaning solvent. IMPORTANT: Mark spacers and cap screws before disassembly. Each spacer must be installed in its original location. 23. Remove four cap screws and spacers (A) to remove transmission. M36550 -UN-25JAN90 24. Make repairs as necessary. (See procedures in this group.) MX,15915005,11 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-10 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Disassemble DISASSEMBLE TRANSMISSION COVER 1. Thoroughly clean outside surface of transmission using a steam cleaner or cleaning solvent. 2. Install transmission on a bench fixture. 3. Remove charge pump (B). (See procedure in this group.) -UN-21FEB95 4. Remove implement relief valve (D). (See procedure in this group.) 5. Remove charge relief valve (C). (See procedure in this group.) M77333 6. Remove filter (A). A—Oil Filter B—Charge Pump C—Charge Relief Valve D—Implement Relief Valve MX,15905005,19 -19-14MAR95 7. Remove hose connector. M36100 -UN-29AUG88 8. Remove two plugs and O-rings (A). 5M3,5005K,O -19-18DEC87 5M3,5005K,P -19-18DEC87 M36101 -UN-29AUG88 9. Remove two check valves. TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-11 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 05 11 Transmission/Disassemble 10. Remove O-ring, backup ring (B) and O-ring (A). -UN-29AUG88 NOTE: Originally equipped 430 transmissions do not have manually operated check valves. If check valves have been replaced; service replacements will have manually operated check valves. M36102 11. Internal valve (C) must move freely inside check valve. MX,15915005,17 -19-13JUL95 12. Remove four pipe plugs. M77334 -UN-21FEB95 50 05 12 MX,15905005,41 -19-14MAR95 13. Remove snap ring to remove output shaft drive gear. M36104 -UN-29AUG88 14. Remove O-ring. 5M3,5005K,S -19-18DEC87 5M3,5005K,T -19-18DEC87 IMPORTANT: Do not disassemble the transmission any further while in the bench fixture. M36522 -UN-25JAN90 15. LOOSEN eight cap screws (do not remove). Remove transmission from bench fixture. TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-12 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Disassemble IMPORTANT: Do not allow internal parts to fall when removing center section. M36523 -UN-25JAN90 16. Put transmission on work bench and remove cap screws, center section and gasket (A). 5M3,5005K,U -19-18DEC87 IMPORTANT: Do not nick or scratch lapped or machined surfaces of the center section, valve plates or cylinder blocks. 50 05 13 Keep pump and motor components separate, they are not interchangeable. 17. Remove valve plates (A and B). If it is necessary to pry valve plates loose from center section, use a wooden dowel and pry only at dowel pin grooves. If valve plates do not come off with center section, remove valve plates from cylinder block assemblies. M36107 -UN-31JAN90 It may be necessary to apply diesel fuel between valve plate and cylinder block to cut oil film. 5M3,5005K,V TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-13 -19-19DEC87 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Disassemble -UN-20DEC89 18. Inspect bearing plates. Bearing plates should be flat, free of all nicks, burrs, scratches and erosion around the ports. The bronze metal should show no scoring, smearing or be discolored. NOTE: Scoring is indicated by fine scratches or grooves cut into the plate. M49510 When these scratches can be detected by feel, finger nail or lead pencil, the plate should be replaced. -UN-20DEC89 Some models may have a narrow slot (A) rather then a wide slot (B). While others may NOT have slots at all. M49511 50 05 14 MX,15905005,20 -19-23FEB95 19. Inspect both bearings in center section, replace if necessary. M36109 -UN-29AUG88 20. Install center section in bench fixture and remove bearing using a 2-jaw puller and a slide hammer. 5M3,5005K,X -19-18DEC87 DISASSEMBLE PUMP AND MOTOR -UN-29AUG88 IMPORTANT: Do not nick or scratch lapped surface of cylinder blocks. M36110 Piston-to-Bore relationship need not be maintained; keep pump and motor components separate, they are not interchangeable. 1. Remove motor and pump cylinder blocks. MX,15905005,21 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-14 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Disassemble 2. Inspect cylinder block assemblies. -UN-29AUG88 IMPORTANT: Do not interchange pistons between motor and pump cylinder blocks. Pistons and cylinder blocks are matched. M36111 Lift piston retainer and pistons from cylinder block. Check for free movement of pistons in cylinder bores. M45,5005A,51 -19-11JAN85 3. Remove and inspect all pistons. -UN-29AUG88 Check barrel (B) for scoring, discoloration, or any signs of separation of slippers. Check slipper (A) for scoring, smearing, rolled edges and a full 360˚ free rotation on barrel. M36112 Check lubrication hole (C) for blockage. Clean with compressed air. If any component of the piston is damaged, the cylinder block assembly must be replaced. M45,5005A,52 -19-11JAN85 M45,5005A,53 -19-11JAN85 4. Remove and inspect both piston retainers. Check retainer for flatness, nicks, burrs and discoloration. -UN-29AUG88 Check area around piston slippers (A) for scoring. M36113 If any part of the piston retainer is damaged, the cylinder block assembly must be replaced. TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-15 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 05 15 Transmission/Disassemble 5. Inspect both cylinder blocks. Check ball guide area (A) for scoring, wear and damage. -UN-29AUG88 Check nine cylinder bores (B) for burrs and scoring. Check lapped surface (C) for wear and damage. M36114 Check spring assembly (D) for damage and free movement. -UN-29AUG88 If any part of the cylinder block is damaged, the cylinder block assembly must be replaced. M36115 50 05 16 M45,5005A,54 -19-11JAN85 M45,5005A,55 -19-11JAN85 IMPORTANT: Do not scratch machined surfaces of thrust plates or swashplates. -UN-29AUG88 6. Remove pump and motor thrust plates using a brass O-ring pick. M36116 7. Inspect thrust plates. Check plates for scoring and smeared bronze material. DISASSEMBLE PUMP AND MOTOR HOUSING M36524 -UN-25JAN90 1. Remove snap ring and washer (A) from both trunnion and control shafts. MX,15905005,22 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-16 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Disassemble -UN-25JAN90 IMPORTANT: Pump shaft and bearing assembly could restrict movement of swashplate. Full swashplate movement is approximately 25 mm (1 in.) in each direction. If necessary tap shaft with a soft faced hammer. M36525 2. Push top of swashplate (C) down until it contacts the stops in the housing. IMPORTANT: DO NOT drive pins after they bottom. Housing damage will result. 3. Drive pin (B) until it bottoms in housing. 4. Drive two pins (D) until the lower one bottoms in housing. 5. Turn swashplate to the neutral position. Pins should fall into housing. A—Trunnion Shaft B—Spring Pin C—Pump Swashplate D—Spring Pin (2 used) E—Control Shaft F—Motor Housing 50 05 17 6. Repeat the above steps to remove second pin (D). 7. Remove control shaft (E) and trunnion shaft (A) to remove swashplate. 8. Inspect swashplate and motor housing (F). 5M3,5005K,Z -19-18DEC87 M45,5005A,58 -19-11JAN85 M36119 -UN-29AUG88 9. Remove pump shaft. TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-17 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Disassemble 10. Inspect bearing, replace if necessary. -UN-29AUG88 IMPORTANT: Be sure to hold shaft while removing bearing. M36120 11. Remove bearing using a 1 in. driver disk (A), bearing puller attachment and a press. M45,5005A,59 -19-13MAR85 12. Remove three seals from housing. M36121 -UN-29AUG88 50 05 18 M45,5005A,60 -19-11JAN85 5M3,5005K,AA -19-18DEC87 M45,5005A,62 -19-13MAR85 NOTE: Some transmissions will have bearings, while others will have bushings. -UN-29AUG88 13. Inspect trunnion bearing and control shaft bearing. Replace if necessary. M36122 14. Drive bearings or bushings through housing using a 13/16 in. driver disk (A) for bearings and a 7/8 in. driver disk for bushings. IMPORTANT: Be sure to hold shaft and bearing when removing from housing. M36123 -UN-29AUG88 15. Remove motor shaft and bearing. Using a 1-in. driver disk (A), and a press. TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-18 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Assemble 16. Inspect bearing, replace if necessary. -UN-29AUG88 IMPORTANT: Be sure to hold shaft while removing bearing. M36124 17. Remove bearing using a 1 in. driver disk (A), bearing puller attachment and a press. M45,5005A,63 -19-26APR85 ASSEMBLE PUMP AND MOTOR HOUSING -UN-29AUG88 IMPORTANT: Always use new seals and O-rings. Damaged or used parts will leak. NOTE: Lubricate all seals and O-rings with petroleum jelly during assembly. M36126 1. Push motor shaft into bearing until it is on the shaft shoulder using 1 in. driver disk (A), bearing puller attachment, and a press. MX,15905005,24 -19-23FEB95 IMPORTANT: To prevent bearing damage, press only on outer race of bearing when installing motor shaft assembly. -UN-29AUG88 2. Push motor shaft assembly into housing until bearing is at the bottom of bore using a 1-7/16 in. driver disk (A), socket (B) and a donut type disk (C) and a press. M36127 NOTE: There will be approximately 5 mm (3/16 in.) of the bearing race above the mounting surface. M45,5005A,66 -19-13MAR85 3. Install housing on bench fixture. -UN-29AUG88 4. Drive bearings or bushings into housing until they are flush with surface using a 1-1/8 in. driver disk (A). M36128 5. Install three oil seals. Install seal with lip of seal (spring side) toward inside of housing using a 1-7/16 in. driver disk. MX,15905005,25 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-19 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 05 19 Transmission/Assemble M36130 -UN-29AUG88 6. Push pump shaft into bearing until it is on the shaft shoulder using a 1-in. driver disk (A) bearing puller attachment and a press. M45,5005A,69 -19-13MAR85 NOTE: Tape over splines to protect seals from possible damage when installing shafts, remove tape after installation. -UN-25JAN90 7. Install pump shaft. 8. Install swashplate (C), control shaft (E), and shaft (A). 9. Drive pin (B) into swashplate and shaft until pin is about 6 mm (1/4 in.) below swashplate surface. 10. Drive two pins (D) into swashplate and control shaft until top pin is about 6 mm (1/4 in.) below swashplate surface. M36525 IMPORTANT: Pump shaft and bearing assembly could restrict movement of swashplate. Full swashplate movement is approximately 25 mm (1 in.) each direction. If necessary tap shaft with a soft faced hammer to seat bearing. A—Trunnion Shaft B—Spring Pin C—Pump Swashplate D—Spring Pin (2 used) E—Control Shaft F—Motor Housing MX,15905005,26 -19-23FEB95 11. Install washer (A) and snap ring on trunnion and control shaft. -UN-25JAN90 12. Remove housing from bench fixture. M36526 50 05 20 5M3,5005K,AF TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-20 -19-18DEC87 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Assemble ASSEMBLE PUMP AND MOTOR -UN-29AUG88 IMPORTANT: Do not nick or scratch lapped surface of cylinder blocks. M36116 Piston-to-Bore relationship need not be maintained; keep pump and motor components separate, they are not interchangeable. 1. Put clean John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD® oil or an equivalent on all internal parts. 2. Install pump and motor thrust plates. 50 05 21 MX,15905005,27 -19-23FEB95 3. Install pistons and piston retainer. M36111 -UN-29AUG88 Lift piston retainer and piston from cylinder block. Check for free movement of pistons in cylinder block before installing in housing. M45,5005A,74 -19-14JAN85 M45,5005A,75 -19-14JAN85 M36110 -UN-29AUG88 4. Install pump and motor cylinder blocks. TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-21 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Assemble ASSEMBLE TRANSMISSION COVER -UN-29AUG88 IMPORTANT: Do not nick or scratch lapped or machined surfaces of the center section, valve plates or cylinder block. Keep pump and motor components separate. They are not interchangeable. M36132 Always use new seals and O-rings. Damaged or used parts will leak. NOTE: Lubricate all seals and O-rings with petroleum jelly during assembly. MX,15905005,28 -19-23FEB95 2. Put clean John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD® oil on valve plates and housing surface. IMPORTANT: Pump valve plate (B) has TWO slotted ports (D). Motor valve plate (A) may, or may not have slotted ports. Early models have FOUR slotted ports (C). Quiet hydro’s (later models) have no slotted ports. All service or replacement plates will not have slotted ports. NOTE: The motor valve plates are interchangeable between quiet hydros and early models. -UN-22NOV89 3. Install pump valve plate (B) and motor valve plate (A) over the protruding bearings and align slots in plates with pins in housing. A—Motor Valve Plate B—Pump Valve Plate C—Slotted Ports (4) (Early Models) D—Slotted Ports (2) M36133 50 05 22 1. Install two needle bearings. Drive bearings into housing until they are approximately 3 mm (0.118 in.) above the surface of the housing using a 5/8 in. driver disk (A). MX,15905005,29 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-22 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Assemble -UN-25JAN90 IMPORTANT: Use extreme care when assembling the center section, valve plates and cylinder block to avoid dropping, nicking or scratching lapped surfaces. 4. Install center section and gasket (A) on housing and install eight cap screws. Tighten cap screws evenly. M36523 NOTE: Center section will seem springy, this is because the springs inside the cylinder blocks are being compressed. 5M3,5005K,AG 50 05 23 -19-18DEC87 5. Install transmission in bench fixture. -UN-21FEB95 IMPORTANT: Check for proper internal assembly by slowly rotating pump, motor and control shaft while tightening cap screws. M77335 6. Tighten cap screws to 35 N·m (26 lb-ft). MX,15905005,30 -19-14MAR95 M36104 -UN-29AUG88 7. Install gear on motor shaft (output shaft). Install snap ring. M45,5005A,80 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-23 -19-14JAN85 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Assemble M77334 -UN-21FEB95 8. Install and tighten four pipe plugs. MX,15905005,42 -19-14MAR95 9. Install O-ring (A), backup ring (B) and O-ring. Internal valve (C) must move freely. M36102 -UN-29AUG88 50 05 24 M45,5005A,82 -19-13MAR85 M36101 -UN-29AUG88 10. Install and tighten two check valves. M45,5005A,83 -19-14JAN85 5M3,5005K,AI -19-18DEC87 11. Install plugs and O-rings (A). M36100 -UN-29AUG88 12. Install suction line fitting. TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-24 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Install Transmission 13. Install new filter (A). 14. Install charge relief valve (C), implement relief valve (D) and charge pump (B). (See procedures in this group.) MX,15905005,31 -19-14MAR95 M77333 -UN-21FEB95 A—Oil Filter B—Charge Pump C—Charge Relief Valve D—Implement Relief Valve INSTALL TRANSMISSION IMPORTANT: Always use new seals and O-rings. Damaged or used parts will leak. NOTE: Lubricate all seals and O-rings with petroleum jelly during assembly. 1. Install new O-ring (B). 2. Install transmission; engage transmission output gear with differential gear. M36551 -UN-25JAN90 3. Install four spacers and cap screws (A) in their original locations as marked during removal. Tighten cap screws to 45 N·m (33 lb-ft). MX,15905005,32 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-25 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 05 25 Transmission/Install Transmission 4. Position differential assembly under tractor. -UN-25JAN90 5. On 430; Hold differential lock linkage away from differential using wire, tape, etc. M36578 6. Lift and position differential assembly. Put driveshaft on transmission input shaft. Turn pump shaft to align splines. 430 Shown 50 05 26 MX,15915005,12 -19-13JUL95 7. Position brake linkage and install install cap screws (E) on each side of machine. Tighten cap screws to 100 N·m (75 lb-ft). Bend tabs (F) over flat of cap screws. -UN-19JAN95 NOTE: Connect brakes on both sides of machine. 8. Install spring (C), plate or washer (D) and nut (B). M77903 9. Connect spring (A). A—Return Spring B—Nut C—Spring D—Plate (Early 430) —Washer (All and Later 430) E—Mounting Cap Screw (2 used) F—Lock Plate Tab M77332 -UN-13FEB95 Early 430 All and Later 430 MX,15915005,18 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-26 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Install Transmission 10. Lock brake pedals together (322, 332, 430) and apply park brake. -UN-25JAN90 11. Loosen lock nut (A). M36554 12. Turn nut until spring is 42 mm (1.650 in.) long. Tighten lock nut. MX,15915005,13 -19-13JUL95 M77300 Early Models -UN-24FEB95 IMPORTANT: It is recommended to replace the early model differential frame support bracket (C) with the later configuration (D). The early models attached the differential to the frame support bracket with two bolts (A). One in the differential case and the other in the differential cover. When the machine went over rough terrain, the flexing of the cover and case caused the differential gasket to leak. With the later model frame support bracket installed, the slotted hole and single shoulder bolt (A) (attached to the case only) will allow for flexing, eliminating any possible leaks. -UN-24FEB95 NOTE: Early models have two bolts (A) attaching differential to frame support bracket (C). Later models have one shoulder bolt (A) or one bolt with a washer and spacer. 14. Install shoulder bolt (A) or bolt, washer and spacer. Tighten to 61 N·m (45 lb-ft). M77301 13. Early models; Install new differential frame support bracket (D). Later Models 15. Attach all mounting bolts, hoses and clamps. A—Bolt(s) B—Suction Hose C—Differential Frame Support Bracket (Early Models) D—Differential Frame Support Bracket (Later Models) 16. Connect suction hose (B). 17. Remove jack stands and lower tractor. MX,15905005,36 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-27 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 05 27 Transmission/Install Transmission NOTE: Steps 18 and 19 are for 430 only. Go to Step 20 to continue installation procedures for all machines. -UN-19JAN95 18. Connect differential lock linkage (D). Install pin (E) and cotter pin (F). M36543 19. Connect two-speed differential linkage (C). Install pin (G), washer (B) and cotter pin (A). A—Cotter Pin B—Washer C—Two-Speed Differential Linkage D—Differential Lock Linkage E—Pin F—Cotter Pin G—Pin 50 05 28 MX,15915005,14 -19-13JUL95 20. Connect oil fill tube hose (C). M36542 -UN-25JAN90 21. Connect two hoses (A and B). MX,15905005,38 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-28 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Install Transmission -UN-25JAN90 NOTE: There are different versions of the swashplate control arm. Also, attaching swashplate control arm to the control shaft on transmission is different. Some machines use a safety wire and roll pin, others use a nut and cap screw. M36541 22. Attach swashplate control arm to control shaft with roll pin and safety wire or cap screw and nut. Tighten nut to 60 N·m (44 lb-ft). 23. On 330; Install deflector shields with foam at rear of transmission. Early Models Shown 50 05 29 MX,15915005,15 -19-13JUL95 24. Connect hydraulic pressure line (A) and return line (B). -UN-25JAN90 25. Tighten two nuts and cap screws, if equipped, on drive shaft to 60 N·m (44 lb-ft) or install drive shaft, if necessary. (See procedure in Group 25.) 26. Install drain plug. M36540 27. Install belly screen/pan. 28. Install fuel tank and fender deck. 430 Shown 29. Fill transmission with the recommended amount of John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD® oil. 30. Bleed the hydraulic system. (See procedure in Section 270, Group 20.) 31. If tractor creeps forward or reverse while in neutral, adjust neutral and neutral return linkage. (See procedures in Section 250, Group 15.) MX,15915005,16 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-29 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission/Install Transmission 50 05 30 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-05-30 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 10 Transmission Control Linkage INSPECT AND REPAIR TRANSMISSION CONTROL LINKAGE—330 M78044 -UN-13MAR95 50 10 1 A—Knob B—Clip C—Speed Control Lever D—Shock Absorber E—Spacer F—Compression Spring G—Friction Disc (2 used) H—Speed Control Rod 1. Remove belly screen, fender deck and fuel tank. I—Spacer J—Turnbuckle K—Swashplate Arm L—Spring Pin and Lock Wire M—Eyebolt N—Guide O—Weld Nut 4. Inspect linkage for wear or damage. Replace parts as necessary. 2. Remove engine side panels. 3. Remove right-hand pedestal side panel. 5. Adjust hydrostatic lever friction and neutral return linkage. (See procedures in Section 250, Group 15.) MX,15915010,1 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-10-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission Control Linkage/Inspect and Repair Control Linkage—322, 332 and 430 INSPECT AND REPAIR TRANSMISSION CONTROL LINKAGE—VERSION ONE (322 AND 332) M77908 -UN-13MAR95 50 10 2 A—Knob B—Clip C—Speed Control Lever D—Shock Absorber E—Spacer F—Compression Spring G—Friction Disc (2 used) H—Speed Control Rod I—Spacer J—Turnbuckle K—Spacer L—Eyebolt M—Guide N—Weld Nut O—Swashplate Arm Assembly (Early Models—332) 1. Remove belly screen, fender deck and fuel tank. P—Cap Screw (Later Models—322 and 332) Q—Swashplate Arm (Later Models—322 and 332) 5. Adjust hydrostatic lever friction. (See procedure in Section 250, Group 15.) 2. Remove engine side panels. 6. After connecting swashplate arm (Q) to transmission control shaft, tighten cap screw (P) to 60 N·m (44 lb-ft). 3. Remove right-hand pedestal side panel. 4. Inspect linkage for wear or damage. Replace parts as necessary. 7. Adjust neutral return linkage. (See procedure in Section 250, Group 15.) MX,15915010,2 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-10-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission Control Linkage/Inspect and Repair Control Linkage—322, 332 and 430 INSPECT AND REPAIR TRANSMISSION CONTROL LINKAGE—VERSION ONE (430) M78045 -UN-17FEB95 50 10 3 A—Knob B—Clip C—Speed Control Lever D—Torsion Spring E—Compression Spring F—Bracket G—Pin H—Shock Absorber I—Brake Plate (2 used) J—Friction Disc (2 used) K—Guide L—Speed Control Rod M—Turnbuckle N—Eyebolt (Later Models) O—Spacer P—Cap Screw (Later Models) 1. Remove belly pan, fender deck and fuel tank. Q—Swashplate Arm (Later Models) R—Swashplate Arm Assembly (Early Models) S—Stud (Early Models) 6. Adjust hydrostatic lever friction. (See procedure in Section 250, Group 15.) 2. Remove front grille and engine side panels. 7. After connecting swashplate arm (Q) to transmission control shaft, tighten cap screw (P) to 60 N·m (44 lb-ft). 3. Remove battery and battery base. 4. Remove right-hand pedestal side panel. 5. Inspect linkage for wear or damage. Replace parts as necessary. 8. Adjust neutral return linkage. (See procedure in Section 250, Group 15.) MX,15915010,3 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-10-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission Control Linkage/Inspect and Repair Control Linkage—322, 332 and 430 INSPECT AND REPAIR TRANSMISSION CONTROL LINKAGE—VERSION TWO (ALL) M78057 -UN-14MAR95 50 10 4 A—Knob B—Clip C—Speed Control Lever D—Weld Nut E—Friction Disc (2 used) F—Pin G—Torsional Dampener H—Bracket (322, 332) I—Control Plate J—Angle Bracket K—Detent Arm (2 used) L—Compression Spring M—Pivot Pin N—Adjustable Eccentric Bearing O—Bracket P—Ball Bearing Q—Clamp-On Nut R—Cap Screw 1. Remove belly screen/pan, fender deck and fuel tank. S—Swashplate Arm T—Spring Washer U—Nut (2 used) V—Speed Control Link W—Compression Spring X—Bracket (430) 6. After connecting swashplate arm (S) to transmission control shaft, tighten cap screw (R) to 60 N·m (44 lb-ft). 2. Remove front grille and engine side panels. 7. Adjust neutral and neutral return linkage. (See procedure in Section 250, Group 15.) 3. On 430; Remove battery and battery base. 4. Remove right-hand pedestal side panel. 8. Adjust hydrostatic lever friction. (See procedure in Section 250, Group 15.) 5. Inspect linkage for wear or damage. Replace parts as necessary. TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-10-4 MX,15915010,4 -19-13JUL95 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission Control Linkage/Inspect and Repair Control Linkage—322, 332 and 430 INSPECT AND REPAIR TRANSMISSION CONTROL LINKAGE—VERSION THREE (ALL) M78046 -UN-17FEB95 50 10 5 A—Knob B—Clip C—Speed Control Lever D—Weld Nut E—Friction Disc (2 used) F—Bracket (322, 332) G—Control Plate H—Speed Control Link I—Angle Bracket J—Detent Arm (2 used) K—Compression Spring L—Pivot Pin M—Adjustable Eccentric Bearing N—Ball Bearing O—Clamp-On Nut P—Spring Washer Q—Nut (2 used) R—Bracket S—Swashplate Arm 1. Remove belly screen/pan, fender deck and fuel tank. T—Cap Screw U—Spacer Nut (2 used) V—Bracket W—Torsional Dampener X—Compression Spring Y—Bracket (430) 6. After connecting swashplate arm (S) to transmission control shaft, tighten cap screw (T) to 60 N·m (44 lb-ft). 2. Remove front grille and engine side panels. 7. Adjust neutral and neutral return linkage. (See procedure in Section 250, Group 15.) 3. On 430; Remove battery and battery base. 4. Remove right-hand pedestal side panel. 8. Adjust hydrostatic lever friction. (See procedure in Section 250, Group 15.) 5. Inspect linkage for wear or damage. Replace parts as necessary. TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-10-5 MX,15915010,5 -19-13JUL95 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Transmission Control Linkage/Inspect and Repair Differential Lock and Two-Speed Linkage (430) INSPECT AND REPAIR DIFFERENTIAL LOCK AND TWO-SPEED CONTROL LINKAGE (430) M77912 -UN-13FEB95 50 10 6 A—Pin B—Spring C—Two-Speed Control Rod D—Knob E—Stud Extension F—Front Angle Bracket G—Rear Angle Bracket H—Two-Speed Bracket I—Differential Lock Rod 1. Remove belly pan. J—Knob K—Clip (2 used) L—Pin 3. Adjust two-speed axle lever detent, if necessary. (See procedure in Section 250, Group 15.) 2. Inspect linkage for wear or damage. Replace parts as necessary. MX,15915010,6 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-10-6 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 15 Differential OTHER MATERIAL Number Name Use TY6305/TY9485/764 Clean and Cure Primer Cleans parts and speeds cure of sealant. T43512/TY9473/242 Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) Apply to threads of carrier cap screws. TY6304/TY9484/518 Flexible Sealant Apply to mating surfaces of differential cover and case halves. LOCTITE® PRODUCTS U.S./Canadian/LOCTITE No. ®LOCTITE is a registered trademark of the Loctite Corp. MX,15905015,OTH-19-23FEB95 SERVICE PARTS KITS The following kits are available through your parts catalog: Differential Tabbed Thrust Washer Kit for Early Models MX,15905015,KIT-19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-15-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 15 1 Differential/Disassemble and Inspect REMOVE AND INSTALL DIFFERENTIAL 1. Remove transmission (D). (See procedure in Group 05.) 2. Remove both axles (B). (See procedure in Group 20.) 3. Remove bracket (C) and fittings (A). 4. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. M36557 -UN-19JAN95 50 15 2 MX,15905015,1 -19-23FEB95 DISASSEMBLE AND INSPECT DIFFERENTIAL -UN-22NOV89 NOTE: This disassembly procedure is for the One-Speed Differential (322, 330 and 332) and the Two-Speed Differential with Differential Lock (430). The differences are noted. M36226 1. Drive two dowel pins (A) into differential case just far enough to clear the cover. 2. Remove cap screws to remove cover and gasket. MX,15915015,1 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-15-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Differential/Disassemble and Inspect NOTE: Early models have FLAT thrust washers. Later models have TABBED thrust washers. All service or replacement thrust washers will have the tabs. M36168 -UN-29AUG88 IMPORTANT: It is recommended to replace the early model (flat) thrust washers with the later model (tabbed) thrust washers. The early model washers may spin with their respective shafts, causing wear to the cover bearing surfaces. 3. Remove three thrust washers (A). M36228 -UN-22NOV89 One-Speed Differential Two-Speed Differential MX,15905015,3 -19-23FEB95 M36170 -UN-22NOV89 4. Remove differential; if equipped with differential lock, remove shift rod assembly with differential. M36169 -UN-29AUG88 Without Differential Lock With Differential Lock MX,15905015,4 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-15-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 15 3 Differential/Disassemble and Inspect 5. If equipped with differential lock; disassemble shift rod assembly by removing three E-Rings (A) washers (B), springs (C), fork (D), and snap ring (E). -UN-19JAN95 Inspect shaft for straightness or damage. Replace if necessary. M36230 A—E-Ring (3 used) B—Washer (3 used) C—Spring (2 used) D—Fork E—Snap Ring MX,15905015,5 -19-23FEB95 NOTE: Early model with differential lock shown. -UN-25AUG88 7. Disassemble and inspect pinion assembly. M31977 Inspect pinion gears (A), bevel gears (C), ring gear (E), pinion blocks (B), and cross shaft (D) for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. If equipped with differential lock, inspect bevel gear with holes (G) for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. -UN-29AUG88 A—Pinion Gear (2 used) B—Pinion Block (2 used) C—Bevel Gear (2 used) D—Cross Shaft E—Ring Gear F—Carrier (2 used) G—Bevel Gear with Holes M36173 50 15 4 6. Remove cap screws to separate carriers (F) from ring gear (E). MX,15905015,6 -19-20MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-15-4 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Differential/Disassemble and Inspect NOTE: Later models have oil grooves (E), an oil hole (D) and a thrust washer (F) in carriers. -UN-03AUG89 Machines without differential lock have one thrust washer in each carrier. Machines with differential lock have one thrust washer and one new style carrier on the non-differential lock side only. Bearings (C) are press-fit on carriers. Remove bearings only if replacement is necessary. M31971 All service or replacement carriers will have these features. With Differential Lock 8. Inspect bearings (C) for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. 9. Remove bearings using a knife-edge puller set. -UN-19JAN95 10. Inspect carriers and thrust washers (F), if equipped, for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. M77309 11. With differential lock; inspect locking pins (A) and collar (B). Replace collar if necessary. A—Locking Pins B—Collar C—Bearing D—Oil Hole E—Oil Grooves F—Thrust Washer MX,15905015,7 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-15-5 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 15 5 Differential/Disassemble and Inspect 12. Remove and inspect countershaft assembly. -UN-29AUG88 Inspect spur gear (A) and bevel gear (B) for worn or damaged teeth. Inspect countershaft (C) for worn or damaged splines or bearing surfaces. M36175 13. Remove spacer (D), thrust washers (E) and thrust bearing (F). Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. One-Speed Differential A—Spur Gear B—Bevel Gear C—Countershaft D—Spacer E—Thrust Washer (2 used) F—Thrust Bearing M36232 -UN-22NOV89 50 15 6 M77905 -UN-19JAN95 Two-Speed Differential MX,15905015,8 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-15-6 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Differential/Disassemble and Inspect M36234 -UN-22NOV89 M36233 -UN-22NOV89 14. Two-speed differential; remove set screw, spring, and detent ball. MX,15905015,9 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-15-7 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 15 7 Differential/Disassemble and Inspect 15. Remove and inspect intermediate shaft assembly; if equipped with two-speed differential, remove shift rod assembly with intermediate shaft. -UN-29AUG88 Inspect intermediate gears (B and C) for worn or damaged teeth. NOTE: Early models have a FLAT thrust washer. Later models have a TABBED thrust washer. All service or replacement thrust washers will have the tabs. One-Speed Differential -UN-22NOV89 IMPORTANT: It is recommended to replace the early model (flat) thrust washers with the later model (tabbed) thrust washers. The early model washers may spin with their respective shafts, causing wear to the case bearing surface. A—Thrust Washers B—Intermediate Gear C—Intermediate Gear D—Intermediate Shaft M36235 16. Remove and inspect thrust washer (A) for wear or damage. Two-Speed Differential MX,15905015,10 -19-23FEB95 17. Two-speed differential; disassemble shift rod by removing two E-rings (A) and fork (B). -UN-22NOV89 Inspect shaft for straightness, burrs, and damaged detent lands. Replace if necessary. M36236 50 15 8 M36176 Inspect intermediate shaft (D) for worn or damaged splines or bearing surfaces. MX,15905015,11 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-15-8 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Differential/Disassemble and Inspect 18. Remove and inspect output shaft assembly. Inspect output gear (C) for worn or damaged teeth. -UN-29AUG88 Inspect output shaft (B) for wear on splined surfaces. IMPORTANT: It is recommended to replace the early model (flat) thrust washers with the later model (tabbed) thrust washers. The early model washers may spin with their respective shafts, causing wear to the case bearing surface. M36177 NOTE: Early models have a FLAT thrust washer. Later models have a TABBED thrust washer. All service or replacement thrust washers will have the tabs. One-Speed Differential M36237 -UN-22NOV89 19. Remove and inspect thrust washer (A) for wear or damage. Two-Speed Differential MX,15905015,12 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-15-9 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 15 9 Differential/Disassemble and Inspect 20. Inspect differential case and cover for wear, cracks or damage. Replace case and/or cover if necessary. Inspect case and cover bearing surfaces of output shaft (A), intermediate shaft (B) and countershaft (C) for wear, cracks or damage. Inspect depth of oil grooves (D) in case and cover. If depth of grooves are less than 0.25 mm (0.010 in.), replace case and/or cover. Inspect reinforcement ribs (E). If ribs protrude above wear surface, file or grind flush. Inspect bearing races (F) for wear. If bearing race is worn away, replace bearings. M74073 -UN-24FEB95 A—Output Shaft Bearing Surface B—Intermediate Shaft Bearing Surface C—Countershaft Bearing Surface D—Oil Grooves E—Reinforcement Ribs F—Bearing Races Differential Case Shown MX,15905015,13 -19-23FEB95 21. Inspect output shaft bearings (A), intermediate shaft bearings (B) and countershaft bearings (C) in case (D) and cover (E) for wear, damage or corrosion. -UN-28JUL89 Check that bearings turn freely. Inspect case and cover for cracks. Inspect axle shaft seals (F) in case and cover. Two-Speed with differential lock; inspect shift rod seals for wear or damage. M31920 50 15 10 A—Output Shaft Bearings B—Intermediate Shaft Bearings C—Countershaft Bearings D—Differential Case E—Differential Cover F—Axle Shaft Seals MX,15905015,14 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-15-10 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Differential/Disassemble and Inspect 22. Replace bearings if necessary. Removal or Installation Side Driven From Pilot Size Driver Size Output Pinion Bearing Remove Install Outside Inside 1-1/4 in. 1-1/4 in. 1-9/16 in. 1-9/16 in. Shifter Shaft Bearing Remove Install Outside Inside 1 in. 1-1/4 in. 1-1/4 in. Remove Install Outside Inside 1 in. 1-1/4 in. 1-1/4 in. Bearing Countershaft Bearing MX,15905015,15 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-15-11 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 15 11 Differential/Assemble ASSEMBLE DIFFERENTIAL NOTE: This assembly procedure is for the One-Speed Differential (322, 330 and 332) and the Two-Speed Differential with Differential Lock (430). The differences are noted. Lubricate all seals with petroleum jelly during assembly. Early models have FLAT thrust washers. Later models have TABBED thrust washers. All service or replacement thrust washers will have the tabs. -UN-24FEB95 Always use new seals. Damaged or used parts will leak. 1. Put clean John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD® oil or an equivalent on all internal parts during assembly. M74075 50 15 12 IMPORTANT: It is recommended to replace the early model (flat) thrust washers with the later model (tabbed) thrust washers. The early model washers may spin with their respective shafts, causing wear to case bearing surfaces. 2. Put needle bearing (A) between two flat thrust washers (B). Put assembly on case countershaft bearing surface (C). 3. Put small tabbed thrust washer on intermediate shaft bearing surface with tab (D) pointing down between reinforcement ribs (E). 4. Put large tabbed thrust washer on output shaft bearing surface with tab (F) pointing down between reinforcement ribs (G). MX,15915015,2 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-15-12 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Differential/Assemble 5. Assemble gear (C) and shaft (B). M77336 -UN-21FEB95 6. Install output shaft assembly through tabbed thrust washer (A). M77337 -UN-21FEB95 One-Speed Differential Two-Speed Differential MX,15905015,19 -19-14MAR95 M36236 -UN-22NOV89 7. Two-speed differential; assemble shift rod by installing fork (B) and two E-rings (A). MX,15905015,20 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-15-13 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 15 13 Differential/Assemble 8. Assemble gears (B and C) and shaft (D). -UN-29AUG88 9. Install intermediate shaft assembly through tabbed thrust washer (A); if equipped with two-speed, install shift rod assembly with intermediate shaft assembly. M36176 A—Thrust Washer B—Intermediate Gear C—Intermediate Gear D—Intermediate Shaft One-Speed Differential M36235 -UN-22NOV89 50 15 14 Two-Speed Differential MX,15905015,21 -19-23FEB95 M36233 -UN-22NOV89 M36234 -UN-22NOV89 10. Two-speed differential; install detent ball, spring and set screw. MX,15905015,22 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-15-14 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Differential/Assemble 11. Assemble gears (A and B) and shaft (C). -UN-29AUG88 12. Install countershaft assembly through spacer (D), thrust bearing (F) and thrust washers (E). M36175 A—Spur Gear B—Bevel Gear C—Countershaft D—Spacer E—Thrust Washer (2 used) F—Thrust Bearing M36232 -UN-22NOV89 One-Speed Differential Two-Speed Differential MX,15905015,23 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-15-15 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 15 15 Differential/Assemble NOTE: Early model with differential lock shown. -UN-25AUG88 13. If removed, install collar (with differential lock) and bearings on carriers (F) using a driver set and a press. Install bearings flush with shaft surfaces. NOTE: Carriers on later models have oil grooves, an oil hole and a thrust washer in carriers. M31977 Machines without differential lock have one thrust washer in each carrier. Machines with differential lock have one thrust washer and one new style carrier on the non-differential lock side only. All service or replacement carriers will have these features. -UN-29AUG88 14. Install thrust washers, if equipped, in carriers (F). M36173 15. Assemble carriers (F), ring gear (E), pinion gears (A), bevel gears (C), cross shaft (D), and pinion blocks (B). If equipped with differential lock, install bevel gear with holes (G) toward carrier with lock pins and collar. 16. Clean the threads of all six cap screws and threaded carrier, using Clean and Cure Primer. Apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to the threads of cap screws. 17. Install cap screws and tighten to 53 N·m (39 lb-ft). A—Pinion Gear (2 used) B—Pinion Block (2 used) C—Bevel Gear (2 used) D—Cross Shaft E—Ring Gear F—Carrier (2 used) G—Bevel Gear with Holes MX,15905015,24 -19-20MAR95 18. If equipped with differential lock, assemble shift rod, snap ring (E), washers (B), springs (C), fork (D), and E-rings (A). -UN-19JAN95 A—E-Ring (3 used) B—Washer (3 used) C—Spring (2 used) D—Fork E—Snap Ring M36230 50 15 16 MX,15905015,25 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-15-16 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Differential/Assemble M36170 -UN-22NOV89 19. Install differential; if equipped with differential lock, install shift rod assembly with differential. M36169 -UN-29AUG88 Without Differential Lock With Differential Lock MX,15905015,26 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-15-17 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 15 17 Differential/Assemble NOTE: Early models have FLAT thrust washers. Later models have TABBED thrust washers. All service or replacement thrust washers will have the tabs. IMPORTANT: It is recommended to replace the early model (flat) thrust washers with the later model (tabbed) thrust washers. The early model washers may spin with their respective shafts, causing wear to the cover bearing surfaces. 20. Put a small tabbed thrust washer on countershaft gear with tab (A) pointing up so it will be between the two cover reinforcement ribs that correspond to the same case reinforcement ribs. -UN-24FEB95 22. Put large tabbed thrust washer on output shaft with tab (C) pointing up so it will be between the two cover reinforcement ribs that correspond to the same case reinforcement ribs. M77906 50 15 18 21. Put other small tabbed thrust washer on intermediate shaft gear with tab (B) pointing up so it will be between the two cover reinforcement ribs that correspond to the same case reinforcement ribs. Two-Speed Differential Shown MX,15905015,27 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-15-18 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Differential/Assemble -UN-29AUG88 IMPORTANT: If replacement gasket is made of rubber coated laminated metal, clean mating surfaces of differential case and cover and install gasket. Do not apply sealant. It will cause oil to leak. M36181 If replacement gasket is made of paper, clean mating surfaces of differential case and cover, apply recommended sealant, then install gasket. 23. Clean the mating surfaces of differential case and cover using Clean and Cure Primer. Apply a coat of Flexible Sealant or an equivalent to differential cover and case when using paper gasket only. 24. Install gasket, cover, and 13 cap screws. Install cap screws finger-tight. 50 15 19 25. Drive two dowel pins into differential cover. 26. Tighten cap screws to 23 N·m (204 lb-in.). MX,15905015,28 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-15-19 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Differential/Assemble 50 15 20 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-15-20 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 20 Rear Axles OTHER MATERIAL Number Name Use M79292 MPG-2® Multi-Purpose Polymer Grease Prevents parts from seizing. Apply to axle shafts. TY6305/TY9485/764 Clean and Cure Primer Cleans parts and speeds cure of sealant. T43512/TY9473/242 Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) Apply to threads of brake plate-to-axle cap screws. LOCTITE® PRODUCTS U.S./Canadian/LOCTITE No. ®MPG-2 is a registered trademark of DuBois USA. ®LOCTITE is a registered trademark of the Loctite Corp. 50 20 1 MX,15905020,OTH-19-07MAR95 REMOVE AXLE 1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. -UN-25AUG88 2. Remove drain plug (A) to drain transmission oil. Approximate capacity is 4.7 L (5 U.S. qt). After oil is completely drained, install and tighten drain plug. M33430 3. Raise rear of tractor and install support stands. 4. Remove rear wheel. MX,15905020,1 -19-23FEB95 5. Bend edge of washer (A) flat against drum. 6. Remove nut and washer. -UN-25JAN90 7. Pull drum off axle. If drum hits shoes, turn the adjuster to reduce the drag on the drum from shoes. M36560 If drum is tight on shaft from corrosion, remove drum using a three-leg wheel puller. Do not use impact puller. 5M3,5020K,C TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-20-1 -19-18DEC87 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Rear Axles/Remove 8. Disconnect spring (A). 9. Remove nut (B), plate or washer (D) and spring (C). M78048 -UN-13FEB95 A—Return Spring B—Nut C—Spring D—Plate (Early 430) —Washer (All and Later 430) Early 430 M78049 -UN-13FEB95 50 20 2 All and Later 430 MX,15915020,2 -19-13JUL95 10. Bend tabs (A) flat and remove two cap screws. M36562 -UN-25JAN90 11. Remove four cap screws and washers (B) to remove brake plate assembly (C). 5M3,5020K,E -19-18DEC87 M36563 -UN-25JAN90 12. Remove axle shaft assembly using a bearing puller (A), H-Bar (B), and slide hammer (C). MX,15905020,2 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-20-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Rear Axles/Remove 13. Inspect bearing (A), replace if necessary. -UN-25AUG88 IMPORTANT: Be sure to hold shaft while removing bearing. M31951 14. Remove bearing using a bearing puller (B) and a press. 5M3,5020K,G -19-18DEC87 15. Remove two cap screws (A) to disconnect axle from hitch plate (B). M36564 -UN-25JAN90 16. Remove six cap screws to remove axle housing. 5M3,5020K,H -19-18DEC87 5M3,5020K,I -19-18DEC87 5M3,5020K,J -19-18DEC87 M36565 -UN-25JAN90 17. Remove spacer. M36566 -UN-25JAN90 18. Remove seal from differential using a 2-jaw puller and a slide hammer. TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-20-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 20 3 Rear Axles/Install INSTALL AXLE -UN-25JAN90 IMPORTANT: Always use new seals. Damaged or used parts will leak. NOTE: Lubricate all seals with petroleum jelly during assembly. M36567 1. Install new seal 3 mm (0.118 in.) below machined surface of differential using a 2-1/16 in. driver disk. MX,15905020,3 -19-23FEB95 2. Install spacer. M36565 -UN-25JAN90 50 20 4 M21,5020R,15 -19-14MAY85 3. Install axle housing and fasten with six cap screws. Tighten cap screws to 81 N·m (60 lb-ft). M36568 -UN-25JAN90 4. Install and tighten two hitch plate cap screws (A). MX,15905020,8 -19-23FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-20-4 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Rear Axles/Install M31952 -UN-25AUG88 5. Install bearing (A) on axle shaft using a bearing puller (B) and a press. Push bearing tight against axle shaft shoulder. M21,5020R,17 -19-14MAY85 M21,5020R,18 -19-14MAY85 6. Apply clean transmission fluid to the splined end of the axle shaft. -UN-25JAN90 7. Carefully install axle shaft into housing and through seal in differential. Align splines on shaft with splined gear inside differential. M36569 8. Tap shaft assembly into axle housing until bearing is flush with housing. TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-20-5 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 20 5 Rear Axles/Install 9. Clean the threads of all four brake plate cap screws and threaded axle housing using Clean and Cure Primer. -UN-25JAN90 10. Apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) on threads of brake plate cap screws (A). 11. Install brake rod in brake arm hole. M36570 12. Install brake plate assembly (B) on axle. Install and tighten four cap screws (A) to specifications. 13. Install brake support (C), lock plate (D) and two cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specifications. Bend lock plate tabs over flat of cap screws. TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS MX,15905020,4 -19-08MAY95 14. Install spring (C), plate or washer (D) and nut (B). 15. Connect spring (A). M78048 -UN-13FEB95 A—Return Spring B—Nut C—Spring D—Plate (Early 430) —Washer (All and Later 430) -UN-13FEB95 Early 430 M78049 50 20 6 Brake Plate-to-Axle Housing Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 N·m (50 lb-ft) Axle Housing-to-Frame Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . 100 N·m (75 lb-ft) A—Cap Screw (4 used) B—Brake Plate Assembly C—Brake Support D—Lock Plate All and Later 430 MX,15915020,3 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-20-6 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Rear Axles/Install 16. Lock brake pedals together (322, 332 and 430) and apply park brake. -UN-25JAN90 17. Loosen lock nut (A). M36554 18. Turn nut until spring is 42 mm (1.650 in.) long. Tighten lock nut. MX,15915020,1 -19-13JUL95 19. Apply MPG-2® Multi-Purpose Polymer Grease on axle shaft. -UN-25JAN90 20. Install key and brake drum. 21. Install washer and nut. Tighten nut to specifications. M36571 22. Bend one side of washer over nut to lock nut in place. 23. Install wheel. Tighten cap screws to specifications. 24. Remove support stands. 25. Fill differential with the recommended amount of John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD® oil. 26. Connect battery negative (—) cable. TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Brake Drum-to-Axle Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 N·m (65 lb-ft) Rear Wheel Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 N·m (52 lb-ft) MX,15905020,6 -19-07MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-20-7 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 20 7 Rear Axles/Install 50 20 8 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-20-8 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 25 Drive Shaft—322, 330 and 332 OTHER MATERIAL Number Name Use M79292 MPG-2® Multi-Purpose Polymer Grease Prevents parts from seizing. Apply to splines of transmission input shaft. ®MPG-2 is a registered trademark of DuBois USA. MX,15905005,OTH-19-07MAR95 50 25 1 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-25-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Drive Shaft—322, 330 and 332/Remove and Install—322 and 332 REMOVE AND INSTALL DRIVE SHAFT—322 AND 332 -UN-23AUG88 1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 2. Remove belly screen and left-hand engine side panel. X9811 3. Remove three cap screws and lock nuts (A) holding drive shaft to rubber isolator. 4.Remove three cap screws and washers holding rubber isolator to engine. Remove isolator. 5. Loosen two lock nuts and cap screws on drive shaft at transmission pump shaft end. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. -UN-20DEC89 N M49505 50 25 2 6. Disconnect hydraulic line directly under drive shaft. (Control valve-to-left front inside coupler.) 7. Remove drive shaft by sliding forward to remove from transmission, then rearward and drop out. 8. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. • Before installing drive shaft, apply MPG-2® Multi-Purpose Polymer Grease on splines of transmission input shaft. • Apply multipurpose grease to lubrication fittings. • Bleed hydraulic system. (See procedure in Section 270, Group 20.) TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Isolator-to-Engine Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 N·m (27 lb-ft) Drive Shaft Cap Screws and Lock Nuts Flange-to-Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 N·m (20 lb-ft) Clamping Yoke-to-Transmission Pump Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 N·m (44 lb-ft) MX,15915025,1 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-25-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Drive Shaft—322, 330 and 332/Remove and Install—330 REMOVE AND INSTALL DRIVE SHAFT—330 1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. -UN-23AUG88 2. Remove fender deck. 3. Lift hood and remove engine side panels. N TS281 4. Remove right and left pedestal side panels. CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. -UN-09DEC89 Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely. M55053 5. Drain radiator. Approximate capacity is 2.8 L (3 U.S. qt). 6. Loosen block drain valve. Drain engine coolant from engine block. Tighten drain valve. 7. Remove radiator. MX,15915025,2 -19-13JUL95 8. Loosen two lock nuts and cap screws on drive shaft at transmission pump shaft end. M55058 -UN-09DEC89 9. Remove three cap screws and lock nuts holding drive shaft to rubber isolator. Push drive shaft rearward. MX,15915025,3 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-25-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 25 3 Drive Shaft—322, 330 and 332/Disassemble and Inspect 10. Remove three cap screws and washers holding rubber isolator to engine. Remove isolator. -UN-09DEC89 11. Pull drive shaft forward to remove from transmission pump shaft. Remove drive shaft from machine. 12. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. M55059 • Before installing drive shaft, apply MPG-2® Multi-Purpose Polymer Grease on splines of transmission input shaft. • Apply multipurpose grease to lubrication fittings. • Close drain valve and fill radiator with proper coolant until coolant is 13—25 mm (0.500—1 in.) below bottom of filler neck. (See Engine Coolant in Section 10, Group 25.) TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Isolator-to-Engine Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 N·m (20 lb-ft) Drive Shaft Cap Screws and Lock Nuts Flange-to-Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 N·m (20 lb-ft) Clamping Yoke-to-Transmission Pump Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 N·m (44 lb-ft) MX,15915025,4 -19-13JUL95 DISASSEMBLE AND INSPECT DRIVE SHAFT -UN-09DEC89 1. Inspect splined yoke (A), cross and bearing assembly (B) and front tube yoke (C) for cracks, wear or damage. M55060 50 25 4 MX,15915025,5 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-25-4 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Drive Shaft—322, 330 and 332/Assemble NOTE: Note position of grease zerk (B) so after reassembly and installation, drive shaft can be lubricated. M49512 -UN-20DEC89 2. Remove four snap rings (A). MX,15915025,6 -19-13JUL95 3. Remove bearings (A) and cross (B) using a brass drift. Push a bearing down into a donut type press plate (C) until it can be removed from the bottom. -UN-20DEC89 4. Turn cross and bearing assembly over and repeat procedure. M49513 5. Separate end yoke from front tube yoke. MX,15915025,7 -19-13JUL95 6. Remove cross and bearing assembly using a brass drift. Push bearing down until bottom bearing can be removed. M36591 -UN-25JAN90 7. Remove cross and top bearing. MX,15915025,8 -19-13JUL95 ASSEMBLE DRIVE SHAFT -UN-20DEC89 IMPORTANT: Be careful not to damage needle rollers and seal while installing cross and bearing assembly. M49514 1. Press bearings onto cross only until snap rings can be installed. MX,15915025,9 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-25-5 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 25 5 Drive Shaft—322, 330 and 332/Assemble 2. Install cross (B) in front tube yoke (C) with grease fitting toward tube yoke. -UN-09DEC89 3. Press bearing down until snap ring groove is inside front tube yoke. 4. Turn cross and bearing assembly, and end yoke (A) over and install other bearing. M55060 5. Install four snap rings. MX,15915025,10 -19-13JUL95 50 25 6 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-25-6 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 26 Drive Shaft—430 OTHER MATERIAL Number Name Use M79292 MPG-2® Multi-Purpose Polymer Grease Prevents parts from seizing. Apply to splines of transmission input shaft. ®MPG-2 is a registered trademark of DuBois USA. MX,15905005,OTH-19-07MAR95 REMOVE AND INSTALL DRIVE SHAFT—EARLY MODELS -UN-29JAN90 1. Lift hood and remove front grille and engine side panels. 2. Remove battery and battery base. M36501 3. Remove fender deck. 4. Remove belly pan. 5. Remove right pedestal side. NOTE: There are three versions of the transmission control linkage. Version one is shown. See Group 10, in this section, to confirm which version your machine is equipped with. It may not be necessary to perform some steps if equipped with later versions of linkage on later models. 6. Remove snap ring and pin to remove shock absorber. MX,15915026,1 -19-13JUL95 -UN-25JAN90 NOTE: On some models the cylinder mounting pin (A) may be longer than 30 mm (1.181 in.). Any extra length will need to be cut off, to provide clearance to remove drive shaft. M36581 7. Measure length of cylinder mounting pin (A). If more than 30 mm (1.181 in.) long, cut off extra length. MX,15915026,2 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-26-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 26 1 Drive Shaft—430/Remove and Install CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. -UN-23AUG88 N X9811 8. Remove hydraulic line (A). -UN-25JAN90 9. Loosen two lock nuts and cap screws, if equipped, on drive shaft at transmission pump shaft end. M36582 50 26 2 MX,15915026,3 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-26-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Drive Shaft—430/Remove and Install 10. Remove four cap screws to disconnect partition (A) from pedestal. 12. Hold drive shaft using a screwdriver. Remove four cap screws to disconnect drive shaft from engine. -UN-25JAN90 13. Pull drive shaft all the way back onto transmission pump shaft. Turn front flanged yoke to clear crankshaft pulley. M36585 11. Lift partition to access drive shaft-to-engine cap screws. 14. Push drive shaft forward to disconnect from transmission pump shaft. 15. Remove drive shaft. 50 26 3 16. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. • Before installing drive shaft, apply MPG-2® Multi-Purpose Polymer Grease on splines of transmission input shaft. • Apply multipurpose grease to lubrication fittings. • Bleed hydraulic system. (See procedure in Section 270, Group 20.) TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Drive Shaft Cap Screws and/or Lock Nuts Flange-to-Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 N·m (20 lb-ft) Clamping Yoke-to-Transmission Pump Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 N·m (44 lb-ft) MX,15915026,4 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-26-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Drive Shaft—430/Remove and Install REMOVE AND INSTALL DRIVE SHAFT—LATER MODELS -UN-25JAN90 1. Lift hood and remove front grille and engine side panels. 2. Remove battery and battery base. M36585 3. Remove belly pan. 4. Loosen two lock nuts and cap screws, if equipped, on drive shaft at transmission pump shaft end. 5. Remove four cap screws to disconnect partition (A) from pedestal. 6. Lift partition to access drive shaft-to-engine cap screws. 50 26 4 7. Hold drive shaft using a screwdriver. Remove four cap screws to disconnect drive shaft from engine. 8. Pull drive shaft all the way back onto transmission pump shaft. Turn front flanged yoke to clear crankshaft pulley. MX,15915026,13 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-26-4 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Drive Shaft—430/Disassemble and Inspect NOTE: There are three versions of the transmission control and brake pedal and neutral control linkages. Version two is shown. See Group 10, in this section, and/or Section 60, Group 10 to confirm which version your machine is equipped with. It may not be necessary to perform some steps if equipped with later versions of linkage on later models. 9. To provide clearance to remove drive shaft; remove nut (A), strap (B), spacer (C) and arm (D) from cap screw (E). 10. Depress either brake pedal for arm (D) to drop out of the way. Put nut (A) back onto cap screw (E) to hold remaining assembly together. Push assembly toward brake pedals to move out of the way. -UN-14MAR95 11. Push drive shaft up and forward to disconnect from transmission pump shaft. 12. Remove drive shaft. M78702 13. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. • Before installing drive shaft, apply MPG-2® Multi-Purpose Polymer Grease on splines of transmission input shaft. A—Nut B—Strap C—Spacer D—Arm E—Cap Screw • Apply multipurpose grease to lubrication fittings. TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Drive Shaft Cap Screws and/or Lock Nuts Flange-to-Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 N·m (20 lb-ft) Clamping Yoke-to-Transmission Pump Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 N·m (44 lb-ft) MX,15915026,14 -19-13JUL95 DISASSEMBLE AND INSPECT DRIVE SHAFT -UN-25JAN90 1. Inspect coupling assembly for cracked disks (A), wear or damage. 2. Remove cap screws and washers to disconnect coupling assembly. M36587 3. Pull drive shaft apart to remove disks. MX,15915026,5 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-26-5 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 26 5 Drive Shaft—430/Disassemble and Inspect 4. Inspect yokes (A—D) and cross and bearing assemblies (E) for cracks, wear or damage. M36588 -UN-25JAN90 A—Flanged Yoke B—Tube Yoke C—End Yoke D—Bushing Yoke E—Cross and Bearing Assembly (2 used) MX,15915026,6 -19-13JUL95 NOTE: Cross and bearing disassembly procedures are the same for both drive shaft yoke assemblies. Drive shaft bushing yoke with end yoke is shown. M36589 -UN-25JAN90 5. Remove four snap rings. MX,15915026,7 -19-13JUL95 6. Remove cross and bearing assembly using a brass drift. Push bearing down until it can be removed from the bottom. -UN-25JAN90 7. Turn cross and bearing assembly over and repeat procedure. M36590 8. Separate end yoke from drive shaft bushing yoke. MX,15915026,8 -19-13JUL95 9. Remove cross and bearing assembly using a brass drift. Push bearing down until bottom bearing can be removed. -UN-25JAN90 10. Remove cross and top bearing. M36591 50 26 6 MX,15915026,9 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-26-6 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Drive Shaft—430/Assemble ASSEMBLE DRIVE SHAFT -UN-20DEC89 IMPORTANT: Be careful not to damage needle rollers and seal while installing cross and bearing assembly. M49514 1. Press bearings onto cross only until snap rings can be installed. MX,15915026,10 -19-13JUL95 NOTE: Cross and bearing disassembly procedures are the same for both drive shaft yoke assemblies. Drive shaft bushing yoke with end yoke is shown. -UN-25JAN90 Be sure to connect end yoke (A) to bushing yoke (B) and flanged yoke to tube yoke. M36593 2. Install cross in bushing yoke with grease fitting toward bushing yoke. 3. Install bearing using a soft-faced hammer. Push bearing down until snap ring groove is inside bushing yoke. 4. Turn cross and bearing assembly over and install other bearing. 5. Install four snap rings. MX,15915026,11 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-26-7 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 50 26 7 Drive Shaft—430/Assemble 6. Install disks (A) on tube yoke shaft (B). Insert tube yoke shaft into bushing yoke tube (C). -UN-25JAN90 IMPORTANT: Align arrows (D) on tube yoke shaft and bushing yoke tube to prevent drive shaft imbalance. M36595 7. Install cap screws (E), beaded washers (F), special washers (G) and lock nuts (H). Tighten lock nuts to 3 N·m (25 lb-in.). A—Disk (2 used) B—Tube Yoke Shaft C—Bushing Yoke Tube D—Arrows E—Cap Screw (6 used) F—Beaded Washer (24 used) G—Special Washer (6 used) H—Lock Nut (6 used) M36596 -UN-25JAN90 50 26 8 MX,15915026,12 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 50-26-8 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Section 60 STEERING AND BRAKE REPAIR Contents Page Group 05—Steering—330 Special or Essential Tools . Service Parts Kits . . . . . . Gearbox and Shaft Remove and Install . . . . Disassemble and Inspect Assemble . . . . . . . . . . .......... .......... . . . . . . . . . . 60-05-1 . . . . . . . . . . 60-05-5 . . . . . . . . . . 60-05-12 Group 06—Steering—322, 332 and 430 Other Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service Parts Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering Valve and Column Remove and Install—322 and 332 . . . Remove and Install—430 . . . . . . . . . Disassemble and Inspect . . . . . . . . . Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering Cylinder Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . Group 10—Brakes Other Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brakes Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake Pedal(s) and Neutral Return Linkage Inspect and Repair—330 . . . . . . . Inspect and Repair—322 and 332 . Inspect and Repair—430 . . . . . . . Inspect and Repair Park Brake Lever TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-05-1 60-05-1 . . 60-06-1 60-06-1 . 60-06-2 . 60-06-4 . 60-06-6 . 60-06-15 . 60-06-25 ... 60-10-1 ... ... ... 60-10-2 60-10-5 60-10-7 . . . . . . . . 60 . 60-10-8 . 60-10-10 . 60-10-14 . 60-10-19 60-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Contents 60 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 05 Steering—330 SPECIAL OR ESSENTIAL TOOLS NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the U.S. SERVICE-GARD™ Catalog or in the European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). DX,TOOLS -19-05JUN91 MX,JDG457 -19-01MAR95 Steering Gear Service Set....................JDG457 Used to service steering gearbox. SERVICE PARTS KITS The following kits are available through your parts catalog: Return Guide Clamp Kit Side Cover Kit 60 05 1 MX,15906005,KIT-19-01MAR95 REMOVE AND INSTALL STEERING GEARBOX AND SHAFT -UN-23AUG88 1. Remove drive shaft. (See procedure in Section 50, Group 25.) IMPORTANT: Do not pound on end of steering shaft or damage to steering shaft will occur. X9811 2. Remove steering wheel. 3. Remove belly screen. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. -UN-03OCT89 N M33937 4. Disconnect lines (A, B and C) from hydraulic control valve. MX,15916005,1 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-05-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—330/Gearbox and Shaft M33938 -UN-03OCT89 5. Remove nut and line clamp. MX,15916005,2 -19-13JUL95 -UN-03OCT89 6. Remove bracket mounting cap screw. M33939 60 05 2 MX,15916005,3 -19-13JUL95 M33940 -UN-03OCT89 7. Remove clip and disconnect brake neutral return linkage. MX,15916005,4 -19-13JUL95 M33942 -UN-03OCT89 8. Remove pitman arm nut and washer. Remove pitman arm using a two-jaw puller. MX,15916005,5 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-05-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—330/Gearbox and Shaft M33943 -UN-03OCT89 9. Remove cotter pin (A) and washer (B) to disconnect brake llinkage on left side of machine frame. MX,15916005,6 -19-13JUL95 M33958 -UN-03OCT89 10. Remove safety wire and spring pin to remove brake arm (A), washer (B) and bushing (C). MX,15916005,7 -19-13JUL95 11. Remove left side of pedestal. M33961 -UN-03OCT89 12. Remove cotter pin (A) and draft pin (B). Turn rockshaft control valve linkage (C) to gain access for steering shaft removal. MX,15916005,8 -19-13JUL95 M34170 -UN-08NOV89 13. Remove cotter pins (A) and washers (B) to disconnect brake linkage on right side of machine frame. MX,15916005,9 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-05-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 60 05 3 Steering—330/Gearbox and Shaft M33962 -UN-03OCT89 14. Remove cotter pin and washer to disconnect link from brake linkage. MX,15916005,10 -19-13JUL95 -UN-03OCT89 15. Remove brake arm (A), washer (B) and bushing (C). M33963 60 05 4 MX,15916005,11 -19-13JUL95 MX,15916005,12 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-05-4 M77339 -UN-14MAR95 16. Remove three cap screws (A) from gearbox mounting plate. 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—330/Gearbox and Shaft 17. Remove steering gearbox and shaft as an assembly, from bottom of machine. M33965 -UN-03OCT89 18. Make repairs as necessary. (See procedure in this group.) MX,15916005,13 -19-13JUL95 19. Inspect steering shaft bushings for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. -UN-03OCT89 20. Remove bushings using a pilot bearing puller. 21. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. M34018 • If removed, install steering shaft bushings using a driver set. • Apply multipurpose grease to I.D. of steering shaft bushings. TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Gearbox Mounting Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 N·m (70 lb-ft) Steering Wheel-to-Shaft Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 N·m (133 lb-in.) Pitman Arm Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 N·m (165 lb-ft) MX,15916005,14 -19-13JUL95 DISASSEMBLE AND INSPECT STEERING GEARBOX AND SHAFT -UN-03OCT89 1. Put an open-end wrench between both steering shaft universal joints. M33966 2. Turn steering shaft using locking pliers to determine amount of play at universal joints. Replace steering shaft if play exists. MX,15916005,15 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-05-5 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 60 05 5 Steering—330/Gearbox and Shaft 3. Remove cap screw and washer from universal joint. 4. Remove steering shaft from gearbox. M33967 -UN-03OCT89 5. Inspect steering shaft spline for wear or damage. Replace if necesary. MX,15906005,16 -19-01MAR95 6. Put gearbox in a vise. -UN-03OCT89 7. Remove three side cover cap screws. M33969 60 05 6 MX,15906005,17 -19-01MAR95 NOTE: If replacing side cover gasket only, it is not necessary to remove preload adjuster nut. M33970 -UN-03OCT89 8. Hold preload adjuster screw and remove adjuster nut. MX,15906005,18 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-05-6 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—330/Gearbox and Shaft M33971 -UN-03OCT89 9. Remove pitman shaft, gasket and side cover as an assembly. MX,15906005,19 -19-01MAR95 M33972 -UN-03OCT89 10. Remove preload adjuster and shim, if equipped, from side cover. MX,15906005,20 -19-01MAR95 M33973 -UN-03OCT89 11. Remove worm bearing adjuster lock nut using a punch and hammer. MX,15906005,21 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-05-7 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 60 05 7 Steering—330/Gearbox and Shaft M33974 -UN-08NOV89 12. Remove worm bearing adjuster. MX,15906005,22 -19-01MAR95 IMPORTANT: Do not allow worm shaft to turn to the end of its travel or damage can occur to the ends of the ball guides. -UN-03OCT89 13. Remove ball nut (A) and worm shaft (B). M33978 60 05 8 MX,15906005,23 -19-01MAR95 14. Pry out lower bearing retainer using a screwdriver. M33976 -UN-03OCT89 15. Remove lower worm bearing cone. MX,15906005,24 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-05-8 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—330/Gearbox and Shaft NOTE: Bearing cup is press-fit in bearing adjuster. Remove bearing cup only if replacement is necessary. -UN-03OCT89 Bearing cups and cones are matched and must be replaced as complete assemblies. M33977 16. Inspect bearing cup in bearing adjuster for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. 17. Screw bearing adjuster (A) into gearbox housing. Remove bearing cup using a slide hammer and puller from JDG457 Steering Gear Service Set. MX,15906005,25 -19-01MAR95 18. Remove upper worm bearing cone from shaft or gearbox housing. M33979 -UN-03OCT89 60 05 9 MX,15906005,26 -19-01MAR95 M33980 -UN-03OCT89 19. Remove ball guide screw and clamp. MX,15906005,27 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-05-9 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—330/Gearbox and Shaft 20. Remove ball guides (A), balls (B) and ball nut (D) from worm shaft (C). -UN-03OCT89 NOTE: Ball nut and worm shaft are matched and must be replaced as a complete assembly. If any ball becomes lost or damaged, install new balls as a complete set. M33981 21. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as necessary. A—Ball Guides B—Balls (50 used) C—Worm Shaft D—Ball Nut MX,15906005,28 -19-01MAR95 22. Remove pitman shaft and worm shaft seals from gearbox housing. M34019 -UN-03OCT89 60 05 10 M34020 -UN-03OCT89 Pitman Shaft Seal Worm Shaft Seal MX,15906005,29 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-05-10 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—330/Gearbox and Shaft -UN-03OCT89 NOTE: Pitman shaft needle bearing and worm shaft bearing cup are press-fit in gearbox housing. Remove bearing or cup only if replacement is necessary. Lip (B) is part of gearbox housing, not part of bearing race. M33987 23. Inspect needle bearing and bearing cup (A) in gearbox housing for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. 24. Remove needle bearing using a driver from JDG457 Steering Gear Service Set. Needle Bearing 25. Remove bearing cup using a driver set. M34021 -UN-03OCT89 26. Inspect pitman shaft for roller wear or other damage. Replace if necessary. Bearing Cup MX,15906005,30 -19-10MAR95 NOTE: A steering gearlash adjustment shim is available through the parts catalog. M33989 -UN-03OCT89 27. Check preload adjuster (A) end clearance with a feeler gauge as shown. If clearance is greater than 0.05 mm (0.002 in.), order and install shim (B). MX,15906005,31 -19-10MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-05-11 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 60 05 11 Steering—330/Gearbox and Shaft ASSEMBLE STEERING GEARBOX AND SHAFT -UN-08NOV89 IMPORTANT: Always use new seals and gasket. Damaged or used parts will leak. NOTE: Apply clean multipurpose grease on all internal parts during assembly. M34159 1. Install new worm shaft bearing cup in gearbox housing, if removed, using a driver set. Bearing Cup -UN-08NOV89 2. Install new needle bearing in gearbox housing, if removed, using a driver from JDG457 Steering Gear Service Set. M34160 60 05 12 Needle Bearing MX,15916005,16 -19-13JUL95 3. Install new pitman shaft and worm shaft seals into gearbox housing using drivers from JDG457 Steering Gear Service Set. M34161 -UN-08NOV89 4. Apply multipurpose grease to lip of seals. M34158 -UN-08NOV89 Pitman Shaft Seal Worm Shaft Seal MX,15906005,33 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-05-12 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—330/Gearbox and Shaft -UN-03OCT89 IMPORTANT: Install ball nut onto worm shaft as shown. An improperly installed ball nut could cause gear damage or steering lockup. M33988 5. Assemble ball nut and worm shaft (B) with narrow end of ball nut teeth up (A) and worm shaft at the left. MX,15906005,34 -19-01MAR95 6. Insert ball guide half into ball nut (C) as shown. 7. Fill circuit with 27 balls (A) and install other half of ball guide (B). 8. Repeat procedures on other circuit with remaining balls and guides. M33992 -UN-03OCT89 60 05 13 MX,15906005,35 -19-01MAR95 M33980 -UN-03OCT89 9. Install ball guide clamp with screws and tighten securely. MX,15906005,36 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-05-13 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—330/Gearbox and Shaft 10. Pack upper worm bearing cone with multipurpose grease. M33979 -UN-03OCT89 11. Install upper worm bearing on shaft with small O.D. facing away from ball nut. MX,15906005,37 -19-01MAR95 IMPORTANT: Tape splined end of worm shaft to prevent seal damage during shaft installation. -UN-03OCT89 12. Apply tape around splined end of worm shaft. 13. Install ball nut (A) and worm shaft (B) with bearing cone, into gearbox housing. Remove tape. M33978 60 05 14 MX,15906005,38 -19-01MAR95 14. Install new bearing cup in worm bearing adjuster, if removed, using a driver set. -UN-03OCT89 15. Pack lower worm bearing cone with multipurpose grease. M33996 16. Install lower worm bearing cone into worm bearing adjuster with large O.D. facing away from threaded end of adjuster. 17. Install retainer until flush with outside surface of adjuster, using a plastic hammer. 18. Apply a coat of a lithium base grease to threads of worm bearing adjuster. MX,15906005,39 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-05-14 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—330/Gearbox and Shaft 19. Install worm bearing adjuster (A). -UN-03OCT89 IMPORTANT: Ball nut must be centered during assembly. If not, the steering will only turn fully in one direction and damage can be done by bottoming the worm drive against the ball nut. M33997 20. Center ball nut (B) in gearbox housing as shown. 21. Fill gearbox with approximately 312 g (11 oz) of multipurpose grease. MX,15906005,40 -19-01MAR95 22. Assemble pitman shaft (A) with preload adjuster (B) and shim (C), if equipped. -UN-06MAR95 23. Install side cover (D) onto shaft with preload adjuster. 24. Turn preload adjuster screw counterclockwise until it bottoms. Then, back screw off one-half turn. TM1591 (15JUL95) M33999 A—Pitman Shaft B—Preload Adjuster C—Shim (if equipped) D—Side Cover MX,15906005,41 -19-01MAR95 60-05-15 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 60 05 15 Steering—330/Gearbox and Shaft 25. Install new gasket on side cover. IMPORTANT: Tape end of pitman shaft to prevent seal damage during shaft installation. 26. Apply tape around end of pitman shaft. 27. Center teeth of pitman shaft with teeth on ball nut. 28. Install pitman shaft into gearbox housing. Remove tape. -UN-03OCT89 29. Install three side cover cap screws. Tighten cap screws to 40 N·m (30 lb-ft). M33971 60 05 16 MX,15906005,42 -19-01MAR95 30. Adjust worm bearing preload: M34006 -UN-03OCT89 • Tighten worm bearing adjuster until it bottoms, then loosen one-quarter turn. MX,15906005,43 -19-01MAR95 M34003 -UN-03OCT89 • Carefully turn worm shaft all the way to end of travel, then turn back one-half turn. MX,15906005,44 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-05-16 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—330/Gearbox and Shaft NOTE: Due to tolerances, some 11/16 in. sockets require a wrapping of card stock around the serrations on end of worm shaft. • Install 1-1/8 in. socket with ratchet on worm bearing adjuster and an 11/16 in. 12-point socket with torque wrench on end of worm shaft. NOTE: If worm shaft begins to bottom while reading the torque wrench, back worm shaft out and start torque reading again. M34004 -UN-03OCT89 • Tighten worm bearing adjuster until torque wrench reads 0.60—1.0 N·m (5—8 lb-in.) rolling torque. MX,15906005,45 -19-01MAR95 M34005 -UN-03OCT89 • Install lock nut on worm bearing adjuster and tighten using a punch and hammer. MX,15906005,46 -19-01MAR95 31. Adjust over center preload: -UN-03OCT89 • Back off preload adjuster until it stops, then turn it in one full turn. • Center gear travel by rotating shaft. M34002 • Check torque required to turn worm shaft. Record reading. MX,15906005,47 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-05-17 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 60 05 17 Steering—330/Gearbox and Shaft • Turn preload adjuster in, until rolling torque required to turn worm shaft is 0.50—1.20 N·m (4—10 lb-in.) more than first reading. M34008 -UN-03OCT89 • Install lock nut. Hold preload adjuster screw and tighten lock nut to 34 N·m (25 lb-ft). MX,15906005,48 -19-01MAR95 -UN-03OCT89 32. Install steering shaft onto worm shaft as shown. Tighten cap screws to 24 N·m (212 lb-in.). M34010 60 05 18 MX,15906005,49 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-05-18 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 06 Steering—322, 332 and 430 OTHER MATERIAL Number Name Use TY6305/TY9485/764 Clean and Cure Primer Cleans parts and speeds cure of sealant. TY9369/NA/222 Thread Lock and Sealer (Low Strength) Apply to threads of metering assembly screws. LOCTITE® PRODUCTS U.S./Canadian/LOCTITE No. ®LOCTITE is a registered trademark of the Loctite Corp. MX,15906006,OTH-19-01MAR95 SERVICE PARTS KITS 60 06 1 The following kits are available through your parts catalog: Steering Column (Tube) Bushing Kit Steering Valve Seal Kit Needle Roller Kit Metering Kit Spring Kit Port Cover and Check Valve Kit MX,15916006,KIT-19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column REMOVE AND INSTALL STEERING VALVE AND COLUMN—322 AND 332 -UN-23AUG88 NOTE: Removal and installation procedures for later models may vary slightly. 1. Remove fender deck. 2. Remove engine side panels. N TS281 3. Remove right and left-hand pedestal sides. CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely. 60 06 2 4. Drain radiator. Approximate capacity is 2.8 L (3 U.S. qt). 5. Loosen block drain valve. Drain engine coolant from engine block. Tighten drain valve. 6. Remove radiator and air cleaner shroud. MX,15916006,1 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column IMPORTANT: Do not pound on end of steering shaft or damage to steering shaft will occur. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. X9811 N -UN-23AUG88 7. Remove steering wheel. 8. Disconnect five hydraulic lines (A) from bottom of steering valve. 9. Hold top of steering column and remove mounting nuts (C). 10. Remove steering column-to-dash panel mounting bracket (D). 11. Remove steering unit out the right side of the machine. 60 06 3 12. Make repairs as necessary. (See procedure in this group.) 13. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. -UN-20DEC89 • Install steering unit with alignment grooves (B) in port manifold and cover, facing engine. • Tighten steering wheel-to-shaft nut to 15 N·m (133 lb-in.). • Bleed hydraulic system. (See procedure in Section 270, Group 20.) M49509 •Close drain valve and fill radiator with proper coolant until coolant is 13—25 mm (0.500—1 in.) below bottom of filler neck. (See Engine Coolant in Section 10, Group 25.) A—Hydraulic Lines (5) B—Alignment Grooves C—Mounting Nuts D—Mounting Bracket MX,15916006,2 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column REMOVE AND INSTALL STEERING VALVE AND COLUMN—430 -UN-29JAN90 NOTE: Removal and installation procedures for later models may vary slightly. 1. Remove fender deck. M36498 2. Remove belly pan. 3. Lift hood and remove front grille and engine side panels. 4. Remove battery and battery base. 5. Remove cap screw and clamp. 6. Remove cap screw (A) and clamps (B). 7. Remove right-hand pedestal side. 60 06 4 MX,15916006,3 -19-13JUL95 -UN-29JAN90 NOTE: There are three versions of the transmission control linkage. Version one on early models is shown. See Group 10, in this section, to confirm which version your machine is equipped with. It may not be necessary to perform some Steps if equipped with later versions of linkage on later models. M36501 8. Early Models; Remove snap ring and pin to remove shock absorber. Early Models Shown MX,15916006,4 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-4 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. -UN-23AUG88 N X9811 9. Remove hydraulic lines (A and B). M36817 -UN-25JAN90 10. Disconnect three remaining hydraulic lines from bottom of steering valve. MX,15916006,5 -19-13JUL95 IMPORTANT: Do not pound on end of steering shaft or damage to steering shaft will occur. 11. Remove steering wheel. 12. Hold top of steering column and remove four mounting nuts. Remove steering unit from machine. 13. Make repairs as necessary. (See procedure in this group.) 14. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. • Install steering unit with alignment grooves (A) in port manifold and cover, facing engine. • Tighten steering wheel-to-shaft nut to 15 N·m (133 lb-in.). M36820 -UN-25JAN90 • Bleed hydraulic system. (See procedure in Section 270, Group 20.) MX,15916006,6 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-5 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 60 06 5 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column DISASSEMBLE AND INSPECT STEERING VALVE AND COLUMN NOTE: There are early and later versions of steering valve. The early version had a plug, O-ring and check ball in the side of the port cover. The later version has a check ball in the center of the port cover (internal) and no external plug or O-ring. -UN-06MAR95 IMPORTANT: Use DFMX1 Steering Valve Fixture when servicing control valve. Holding control valve in a vise can damage valve. 1. Install DFMX1 Steering Valve Fixture (A) in a vise. (See Section 299 for instructions to make fixture.) M43839 2. Install steering valve, with steering column down, in fixture. Fasten valve to fixture using four 5/16-24 UNF nuts. Early Version—322 and 332 3. Check position of alignment grooves (B) to aid in assembly. M36831 -UN-29AUG88 60 06 6 Early Version—430 MX,15916006,7 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-6 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column M77338 -UN-21FEB95 4. Early version; Loosen plug one turn. MX,15916006,16 -19-13JUL95 -UN-08JAN90 IMPORTANT: Do not damage fittings during nut removal. Do not nick or scratch the machined surfaces of the steering valve. M43841 5. Remove nuts to remove port cover assembly (four plates bonded together). M36833 -UN-29AUG88 Early Version—322 and 332 Early Version—430 MX,15916006,8 -19-13JUL95 M77303 -UN-06MAR95 6. Later version; Remove port cover and check ball (A). MX,15916006,17 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-7 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 60 06 7 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column 7. Remove seal ring and O-rings (A). M36834 -UN-29AUG88 8. Inspect port cover for scratches on machined surfaces or damage to fittings. Replace cover if damaged. -UN-06MAR95 Early Version M78056 60 06 8 Later Version MX,15916006,18 -19-13JUL95 M43832 -UN-08JAN90 9. Early version; Remove plug (A), O-ring (B) and check ball (C). M36835 -UN-29AUG88 322 and 332 430 MX,15916006,9 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-8 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column NOTE: Port manifold has three springs which may come loose during disassembly. -UN-29AUG88 10. Carefully remove port manifold (three plates bonded together). M36836 IMPORTANT: Do not interchange springs. The steering valve has two sets of springs. Keep springs with respective manifold. 11. Remove three springs (A). NOTE: If one or more springs are damaged, all six springs in valve must be replaced. 12. Inspect springs and pins (B) for distortion, wear, or damage. MX,15906006,10 -19-10MAR95 13. Inspect port manifold machined surfaces (A) for scratches or scoring. A polished pattern from the rotation of the valve plate and hex drive assembly is normal. All edges (B) must be sharp, free of nicks and burrs. -UN-29AUG88 60 06 9 M36837 NOTE: Scoring is indicated by fine scratches or grooves cut into the manifold. When these scratches can be detected by feel finger nail or lead pencil, the manifold should be replaced. MX,15906006,11 -19-01MAR95 M36838 -UN-29AUG88 14. Remove the valve ring and two seal rings (A). Check valve ring for nicks and scoring. If the valve ring is damaged, it must be replaced. MX,15906006,12 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-9 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column M36839 -UN-29AUG88 15. Remove valve plate. Inspect the slots and ground surfaces for nicks or wear. If the valve plate is scored or the edges are not sharp, the valve plate and valve ring both must be replaced. MX,15906006,13 -19-01MAR95 16. Remove and inspect hex drive assembly. Check sides and slot for wear, grooves, or scoring. Pin (A) should be tight and show no wear or damage. -UN-29AUG88 17. Remove three springs (B). 18. Inspect springs for broken coils, wear, or damage. M36840 60 06 10 MX,15906006,14 -19-01MAR95 M36841 -UN-29AUG88 19. Remove the isolation manifold (four plates bonded together). Check manifold surface, holes and edges for nicks, or unusual wear. A polished pattern from the rotation of the valve plate and commutator cover is normal. MX,15906006,15 -19-01MAR95 M36842 -UN-29AUG88 20. Remove drive link. Check the four crowned surfaces (A) for wear or scoring. MX,15906006,16 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-10 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column M36843 -UN-29AUG88 21. Remove metering ring and upper and lower seals (A). If the bore (B) is scored, the metering ring must be replaced. MX,15906006,17 -19-01MAR95 IMPORTANT: Do not clamp metering assembly in a vise. M36844 -UN-29AUG88 22. Remove metering assembly. Put assembly on a clean surface. MX,15906006,18 -19-01MAR95 23. Remove commutator seal (A). -UN-29AUG88 24. Remove 11 screws to remove commutator cover. Inspect screws for damage and replace if necessary. M36845 25. Check commutator cover machined surface for nicks, burrs, scoring, or unusual wear. A polished pattern due to rotation of the commutator is normal. MX,15906006,19 -19-01MAR95 IMPORTANT: Handle commutator ring with care; it is easily broken. -UN-29AUG88 26. Remove commutator ring and inspect for wear, burrs, cracks, or scoring. M36847 NOTE: The commutator ring and commutator are a matched set. If either is worn or damaged, both must be replaced. MX,15906006,20 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-11 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 60 06 11 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column IMPORTANT: DO NOT use a screwdriver to remove commutator. Commutator can be damaged. -UN-29AUG88 27. Remove commutator and five pins (A) using a wood dowel or equivalent. M36848 NOTE: The commutator is made up of two plates bonded together. It is a permanent assembly and cannot be disassembled. 28. Check commutator machined surface, holes and edges for nicks. Edges must be sharp. MX,15906006,21 -19-01MAR95 29. Remove drive link spacer. Check spacer for grooves, wear, or damage. -UN-29AUG88 30. The rotor should rotate and orbit freely within the stator. Check commutator side of stator face for grooves or scoring. M36849 NOTE: Stator and rotor are a matched set. If either are worn or damaged, both must be replaced. MX,15906006,22 -19-01MAR95 31. Measure rotor-to-stator clearance. Center rotor lobe (A) between stator lobes and check clearance directly opposite lobe (A). -UN-29AUG88 If rotor-to-stator clearance is more than 0.08 mm (0.003 in.), replace rotor and stator. M36850 60 06 12 MX,15906006,23 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-12 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column 32. Lift the rotor and stator from the drive plate. -UN-29AUG88 33. Check the drive plate side of the rotor assembly for nicks, grooves, or scoring. A spiral pattern due to rotor movement is normal. The thrust bearing side of the plate should also show a normal wear pattern without grooves, flaking, or dents. M36851 The flat sides of the input shaft hole should not be grooved or worn. M36852 -UN-29AUG88 Drive Plate Side Thrust Bearing Side MX,15906006,24 -19-01MAR95 NOTE: Early versions had a seal spacer and backup ring. Later versions have a seal spacer only. -UN-29AUG88 34. Remove parts (A—E). 35. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. M36853 A—Thrust Bearing Spacer B—Thrust Bearing C—Face Seal D—Backup-Ring (Early Version) E—Seal Spacer M77305 -UN-06MAR95 Early Version Later Version MX,15916006,19 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-13 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 60 06 13 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column 36. Remove upper cover plate (four plates bonded together). M36854 -UN-29AUG88 37. Check plate surface for grooves, dents, or metal flakes. A polished pattern due to the action of the seal is normal. MX,15906006,26 -19-01MAR95 38. Remove steering shaft and snap ring (A). -UN-29AUG88 39. Inspect steering shaft serrations, threads, and flats for grooves, wear, or damage. M36855 60 06 14 MX,15906006,27 -19-01MAR95 40. Remove washer and steering tube (A). M36856 -UN-29AUG88 NOTE: Steering tube and retaining plate (B) are a matched set. If either part is worn or damaged, both must be replaced. MX,15906006,28 -19-01MAR95 IMPORTANT: Hold steering tube in a soft-jaw vice. Be careful not to crush steering tube. -UN-29AUG88 41. Inspect bushing (A) for wear or damage. If bushing replacement is necessary, straighten crimped area of steering tube using a punch. M36857 42. Remove bushing using a 2-jaw puller and slide hammer. MX,15906006,29 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-14 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column 43. Remove nuts holding the four bolts to the fixture, and remove the bolts. M36858 -UN-29AUG88 44. Inspect bolts for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. MX,15906006,30 -19-01MAR95 ASSEMBLE STEERING VALVE AND COLUMN -UN-29AUG88 IMPORTANT: Always use new seals and O-rings. Damaged or used parts will leak. NOTE: Lubricate all seals and O-rings with petroleum jelly during assembly. M36858 1. Apply clean John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD® oil on all internal parts. 2. Install four bolts, with short threaded end down, in fixture. Install nuts and tighten finger tight. MX,15916006,10 -19-13JUL95 3. Install bushing into steering tube with recess facing into tube, using a driver set. Install bushing 2.5 mm (0.100 in.) below top of steering tube. -UN-29AUG88 4. Slightly bend edges of steering tube over bushing using a punch. M36860 5. Apply multipurpose grease to inside of bushing. MX,15906006,32 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-15 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 60 06 15 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column 6. Install steering tube (A) on bolts. Be sure the square holes in the steering tube are seated on the square shoulders of the bolts. -UN-29AUG88 7. Apply multipurpose grease on retainer plate (B) and washer. M36856 8. Install washer. MX,15906006,33 -19-01MAR95 9. Install snap ring (A) on steering shaft. -UN-29AUG88 10. Install steering shaft with threaded end down into steering tube. M36855 60 06 16 MX,15906006,34 -19-01MAR95 IMPORTANT: Alignment grooves must be on only one side of steering valve for proper valve operation. M36854 -UN-29AUG88 11. Install upper cover plate over four bolts with the highly polished surface up. MX,15906006,35 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-16 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column 12. Apply multipurpose grease on the face of the upper cover plate, steering shaft end and thrust bearing (B). -UN-29AUG88 NOTE: Wide shoulder of spacer (A) faces up, away from upper cover plate. 13. Install parts (A—E). M36853 A—Thrust Bearing Spacer B—Thrust Bearing C—Face Seal D—Backup-Ring (Early Version) E—Seal Spacer M77305 -UN-06MAR95 Early Version Later Version MX,15916006,20 -19-13JUL95 14. Put drive plate (A) on a clean surface with slot downward. -UN-29AUG88 15. Install and turn stator (B) until the stator slots (C) are aligned with drive plate holes (D). 16. Install rotor (E) with five pin holes (F) up. D—Drive Plate Hole (11) E—Rotor F—Pin Hole (5) M36861 A—Drive Plate B—Stator C—Stator Slot (11) MX,15906006,37 -19-01MAR95 17. Apply multipurpose grease on spacer. M36849 -UN-29AUG88 18. Install spacer in rotor drive slot. MX,15906006,38 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-17 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 60 06 17 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column 19. Install commutator (A) on rotor, with long grooves (B) upward. -UN-29AUG88 IMPORTANT: Pins must be installed below the surface of the commutator to prevent commutator cover damage. M36862 20. Align commutator holes with rotor holes and install five pins. 21. Put a few drops of clean John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD® oil into each groove of the commutator. MX,15906006,39 -19-01MAR95 22. Align commutator ring slots (A) with stator slots (B) and install commutator ring. -UN-29AUG88 23. Align commutator cover holes (C) with commutator ring slots. Install commutator cover with flat surface toward commutator. 24. Clean screw threads using Clean and Cure Primer. Apply Thread Lock and Sealer (low strength) to threads of commutator cover-to-commutator screws. M36863 60 06 18 25. Install 11 screws into metering assembly. DO NOT tighten screws at this time. MX,15906006,40 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-18 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column -UN-29AUG88 IMPORTANT: The following procedure must be used to minimize an out-of-round condition between commutator ring and drive plate. The commutator ring is self-centering when the drive plate is shimmed. Use DFMX2 Alignment Shims. M36864 26. Install metering assembly, with drive plate (A) up into metering ring (B). 27. Install two DFMX2 Alignment Shims (C) each between drive plate and metering ring 120˚ apart. (See Section 299 for instructions to make shims.) MX,15916006,11 -19-13JUL95 28. Turn metering ring over on a flat surface and push metering assembly down. Tighten 11 screws in several steps and in the sequence shown to 1.4 N·m (12 lb-in.). M36865 -UN-29AUG88 60 06 19 MX,15906006,42 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-19 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column 29. Remove Shims and metering assembly from metering ring. -UN-29AUG88 30. Install THICK end of drive link into the slot in the rotor. Hold the drive link and rotate the metering assembly by hand. The rotor should turn freely inside the stator. M36866 If the rotor binds or does not move, disassemble and inspect to find the cause. MX,15906006,43 -19-29MAR95 31. Apply petroleum jelly on seal ring. Install seal ring on metering ring end without pin holes. -UN-29AUG88 IMPORTANT: Align pin hole (A) in metering ring with groove (B) on upper cover plate so that remaining parts can be aligned correctly. 32. Install metering ring over bolts with pin holes up. M36879 -UN-29AUG88 M36867 60 06 20 MX,15906006,44 -19-01MAR95 33. Apply multipurpose grease on drive plate surface. M36868 -UN-29AUG88 34. Install metering assembly, with drive plate down, into metering ring. Turn metering assembly until the steering shaft engages the drive plate hole. When properly seated, the metering assembly is below the surface of the metering ring. MX,15906006,45 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-20 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column 35. Apply petroleum jelly on new commutator seal (A) and seal ring (B). -UN-29AUG88 36. Install new commutator seal with yellow mark (C) or narrow edge, down into commutator cover. 37. Install seal ring (B) and pins (D). M36869 A—Commutator Seal B—Seal Ring C—Yellow Mark or Narrow Edge D—Pin (2 used) MX,15906006,46 -19-01MAR95 IMPORTANT: Align grooves (A) in isolation manifold with groove (B) in upper cover plate. -UN-29AUG88 38. Install isolation manifold, with recessed slots up, on metering ring. M36870 39. Install pins (C). MX,15906006,47 -19-01MAR95 40. Install three 13 mm (1/2 in.) springs (B) in recessed slots of the isolation manifold. M36840 -UN-29AUG88 41. Install hex drive assembly, with pin (A) up, on drive link. MX,15906006,48 -19-01MAR95 42. Apply petroleum jelly on new seal rings (A). Install seal rings on valve ring. M36871 -UN-29AUG88 43. Align valve ring holes (B) with pins (C) to install valve ring. MX,15906006,49 -19-01MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-21 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 60 06 21 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column -UN-29AUG88 IMPORTANT: Valve plate must be installed with “PORT SIDE” (A) directly opposite (12 o’clock position) from alignment groves (B) for proper operation. Valve plate spring slots and springs must be aligned to prevent spring damage when installing port manifold. M36872 44. Install valve plate, with “PORT SIDE” up, on isolation manifold. Turn valve plate to make sure springs are centered in valve plate spring slots. 45. Apply clean John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD® oil on valve plate. MX,15906006,50 -19-01MAR95 46. Install three 25 mm (1 in.) springs (F) in recessed slots (A) of the port manifold. -UN-29AUG88 IMPORTANT: Align grooves (H) in port manifold with grooves (C) in isolation manifold. Be careful not to damage springs while installing port manifold. 47. Install port manifold with springs toward valve plate. Be sure pins (D) engage alignment holes (G) in port manifold. Be sure hex drive assembly pin (B) engages center hole (E) in port manifold. M36873 60 06 22 A—Recessed Slots B—Hex Drive Assembly Pin C—Isolation Manifold Grooves D—Pin (2 used) E—Port Manifold Center Hole F—25 mm (1 in.) Spring (3 used G—Port Manifold Alignment Hole (2 used) H—Port Manifold Grooves MX,15906006,51 -19-12MAY95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-22 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column M43832 -UN-08JAN90 48. Early version; Install new O-ring (B) on plug (A). Install check ball (C). Be sure check ball is seated in bottom of hole. Install plug. Do not tighten. M36835 -UN-29AUG88 322 and 332 430 MX,15916006,12 -19-13JUL95 49. Later version; Install check ball (E) in countersunk hole (hole closest to the center of the port manifold). -UN-08JAN90 50. Apply petroleum jelly on new O-rings (A) and new seal ring (B). Install O-rings and seal ring in port cover. IMPORTANT: Align grooves (C) in port cover with grooves (D) in manifold. M43843 51. Install port cover with seals toward port manifold. A—O-Ring (5 on Early Version O—Ring (4 on Later Version) B—Seal Ring C—Port Cover Alignment Grooves D—Port Manifold Alignment Grooves E—Check Ball (Later Version) M78055 -UN-06MAR95 Early Version Later Version MX,15916006,21 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-23 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 60 06 23 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Valve and Column M43845 -UN-11NOV89 52. Install and tighten four nuts in the sequence shown. Tighten in several steps to 30 N·m (22 lb-ft). -UN-29AUG88 Early Version—322 and 332 M36875 60 06 24 Early Version—430 MX,15916006,13 -19-13JUL95 53. Early version; Tighten plug (A) to 14 N·m (124 lb-in.). M43844 -UN-08JAN90 54. Remove steering valve from fixture. M36876 -UN-29AUG88 322 and 332 430 MX,15916006,14 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-24 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Cylinder REMOVE AND INSTALL STEERING CYLINDER -UN-23AUG88 CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. X9811 N M31822 -UN-28JUL89 If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. 1. Disconnect hydraulic hoses at lines (A). Early Model Shown 2. Support cylinder and remove cotter pins (B), if equipped, nuts (C) and bolts (D). 3. Remove steering cylinder (E). NOTE: Cylinder is not repairable. If defective, replace complete assembly. A—Hydraulic Lines B—Cotter Pins (if equipped) C—Nuts (Early Models) —Lock Nuts (Later Models) D—Bolts E—Steering Cylinder 4. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. • Tighten nuts (C) to 163 N·m (120 lb-ft). • Bleed the hydraulic system. (See procedure in Section 270, Group 20.) MX,15916006,15 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-25 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 60 06 25 Steering—322, 332 and 430/Steering Cylinder 60 06 26 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-06-26 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 10 Brakes OTHER MATERIAL Number Name Use M79292 MPG-2® Multi-Purpose Polymer Grease Prevents parts from seizing. Apply to axle shafts. TY6305/TY9485/764 Clean and Cure Primer Cleans parts and speeds cure of sealant. T43512/TY9473/242 Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) Apply to threads of brake plate-to-axle cap screws. LOCTITE® PRODUCTS U.S./Canadian/LOCTITE No. ®MPG-2 is a registered trademark of DuBois USA. ®LOCTITE is a registered trademark of the Loctite Corp. MX,15905020,OTH-19-07MAR95 60 10 1 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-10-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Brakes/Brakes REMOVE BRAKES CAUTION: Avoid breathing dust that may be generated when handling components containing asbestos fibers. Inhaled asbestos fibers may cause lung cancer. Normal handling is not hazardous as long as airborne dust containing asbestos is not generated. -UN-23AUG88 N -UN-25JAN90 TS220 Avoid creating dust. Never use compressed air for cleaning. Avoid brushing or grinding material containing asbestos. When servicing, wear an approved respirator. A special vacuum cleaner is recommended to clean asbestos. If not available, apply a mist of oil or water on the material containing asbestos. Keep bystanders away from the area. 60 10 2 M36560 1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 2. Raise rear of machine and install support stands under frame. 3. Remove rear wheel. 4. Bend edge of washer (A) flat against drum. 5. Remove nut and washer. 6. Pull drum off axle. If drum hits shoes, turn the adjuster to reduce the drag on drum. If drum is tight on shaft from corrosion, remove drum using a three-leg wheel puller. DO NOT use an impact puller. MX,15905010,19 -19-14FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-10-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Brakes/Brakes 7. Inspect lining on brake shoes (A) for wear or oil contamination. Replace shoes if worn. Inspect axle oil seal if shoes are oily. -UN-25JAN90 8. Inspect return spring (B) and hold-down springs (C) for wear or stretching. 9. Check adjuster assembly (D) for ease of movement. M36573 10. Remove brake return spring (B), hold-down springs (C), adjuster (D), and shoes (A). A—Brake Shoes B—Return Spring C—Hold-Down Springs D—Adjuster Assembly MX,15905010,20 -19-14FEB95 11. Disconnect return spring (A). 60 10 3 12. Remove nut (B), plate or washer (D) and spring (C). M78048 -UN-13FEB95 A—Return Spring B—Nut C—Spring D—Plate (Early 430) —Washer (All and Later 430) M78049 -UN-13FEB95 Early 430 All and Later 430 MX,15915010,13 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-10-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Brakes/Brakes 13. Bend lock plate tabs (A) flat. Remove two cap screws (B). 14. Remove four cap screws and washers to remove brake plate assembly. 15. Remove brake arm (C) and brake support (D). -UN-25JAN90 A—Lock Plate Tab (2) B—Cap Screw (2 used) C—Brake Arm D—Brake Support M36576 60 10 4 MX,15905010,22 -19-07MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-10-4 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Brakes/Brakes INSTALL BRAKES 1. Install brake support (A) on brake arm (B). 2. Install brake arm in brake plate (C). 3 Clean the threads of all four brake plate cap screws and threaded axle housing using Clean and Cure Primer. 4 Apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) on threads of brake plate cap screws. 5. Install brake rod (D) in brake arm hole. 6. Install brake plate assembly on axle. Install and tighten four cap screws to specificctions. -UN-25JAN90 7. Install brake support (A), lock plate (E) and two cap screws (F). Tighten cap screws to specifications. Bend lock plate tabs over flat of cap screws. TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS M36577 Brake Plate-to-Axle Housing Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 N·m (50 lb-ft) Axle Housing-to-Frame Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . 100 N·m (75 lb-ft) A—Brake Support B—Brake Arm C—Brake Plate D—Brake Rod E—Lock Plate F—Cap Screw (2 used) MX,15905010,23 -19-08MAY95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-10-5 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 60 10 5 Brakes/Brakes 8. Install spring (C), plate or washer (D) and nut (B). 9. Connect return spring (A). M78048 -UN-13FEB95 A—Return Spring B—Nut C—Spring D—Plate (Early 430) —Washer (All and Later 430) -UN-13FEB95 Early 430 M78049 60 10 6 All and Later 430 MX,15915010,14 -19-13JUL95 10. Lock brake pedals together (322, 332 and 430) and apply park brake. -UN-25JAN90 11. Loosen lock nut (A). M36554 12. Turn nut until spring is 42 mm (1.650 in.) long. Tighten lock nut. MX,15915010,15 -19-13JUL95 13. Install shoes (D), adjuster (C), hold-down springs (B), and brake return spring (A). M36574 -UN-25JAN90 A—Brake Return Spring B—Hold-Down Springs C—Adjuster D—Shoes MX,M21,6010R,12-19-24JUN85 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-10-6 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Brakes/Brakes 14. Apply MPG-2® Multi-Purpose Polymer Grease to axle shaft. -UN-25JAN90 15. Install key and brake drum. 16. Install washer and nut. Tighten nut to specifications. M36571 17. Bend one side of washer over nut to lock nut in place. 18. Install wheel. Tighten cap screws to specifications. 19. Remove support stands. 20. Connect battery negative (—) cable. 21. Adjust brakes. (See procedure in this group.) TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Brake Drum-to-Axle Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 N·m (65 lb-ft) Rear Wheel Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 N·m (52 lb-ft) 60 10 7 MX,15905020,26 -19-07MAR95 ADJUST BRAKES 1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. -UN-28JUL89 2. Raise rear of machine and install support stands under frame. M31941 NOTE: Wheel and brake drum are removed for photographic purpose only. 3. Reach through slot in back plate (A) with screwdriver for access to star adjuster (B). 4. Turn wheel by hand. Turn adjusting star until brake shoes begin to drag on drum. M36881 -UN-25JAN90 5. Push brake pedal(s) down firmly to seat brake shoes and check adjustment. Adjust brakes so brake shoes just clear drums and do not drag when pedal(s) are released. MX,15905010,27 -19-14FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-10-7 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Brakes/Brake Pedal(s) and Neutral Return Linkage 6. Lock brake pedals together (322, 332 and 430) and apply parking brake. -UN-25JAN90 7. Check length of spring on both sides of machine. Spring should be approximately 42 mm (1.650 in.). 8. If necessary, adjust length of spring. M36554 9. Loosen lock nut (A). 10. Turn nut until spring is 42 mm (1.650 in.) long. Tighten lock nut. 11. Remove support stands. 12. Connect battery negative (—) cable. MX,15915010,16 -19-13JUL95 INSPECT AND REPAIR BRAKE PEDAL AND NEUTRAL RETURN LINKAGE—330 -UN-13FEB95 1. Remove belly screen and fender deck. NOTE: Disconnect brake rods from both sides of machine. 2. Disconnect return spring (A). M78049 60 10 8 3. Remove nut (B), washer (D) and spring (C). Inspect springs for weak coils. 4. Disconnect brake rods from brake pedal. A—Return Spring B—Nut C—Spring D—Washer MX,15916010,1 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-10-8 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Brakes/Brake Pedal(s) and Neutral Return Linkage M78047 -UN-14MAR95 60 10 9 A—Neutral Return Cam Plate B—Spacer C—Left-Hand Brake Arm D—Bearing (4 used) E—Pedal Pad F—Brake Pedal G—Neutral Return Link H—Neutral Return Shaft (Later Models) I—Bracket J—Neutral Return Shaft (Early Models) K—Lock Wire and Spring Pin L—Neutral Return Arm M—Neutral Return Sliding Lever N—Eccentric Adjustment Nut 5. Inspect linkage for wear or damage. Replace parts as necessary. 6. If necessary to replace neutral return cam plate (A), remove transmission control lever assembly. (See Inspect and Repair Transmission Control Linkage—330 in Section 50, Group 10.) MX,15916010,2 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-10-9 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Brakes/Brake Pedal(s) and Neutral Return Linkage 7. Install all parts. 8. Connect brake rods to brake pedal. -UN-13FEB95 9. Install spring (C), washer (D) and nut (B). 10. Connect return spring (A). M78049 A—Return Spring B—Nut C—Spring D—Washer MX,15916010,3 -19-13JUL95 11. Apply parking brake. 12. Loosen lock nut (A). -UN-25JAN90 13. Turn nut until spring is 42 mm (1.650 in.) long. Tighten lock nut. 14. Install fender deck and belly screen. M36554 60 10 10 MX,15906010,6 -19-14FEB95 INSPECT AND REPAIR BRAKE PEDALS AND NEUTRAL RETURN LINKAGE—322 AND 332 -UN-13FEB95 1. Remove belly screen and fender deck. NOTE: Disconnect brake rods from both sides of machine. M78049 2. Disconnect spring (A). 3. Remove nut (B), washer (D) and spring (C). Inspect springs for weak coils. 4. Disconnect brake rods from brake pedal. A—Return Spring B—Nut C—Spring D—Washer MX,15916010,4 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-10-10 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Brakes/Brake Pedal(s) and Neutral Return Linkage M77918 -UN-14MAR95 60 10 11 A—Neutral Return Cam Plate B—Spacer C—Neutral Return Sliding Lever D—Eccentric Adjustment Nut E—Lock Wire and Spring Pin F—Neutral Return Arm G—Left Pedal Pad H—Plate I—Strap J—Support K—Right Pedal Pad L—Right Brake Pedal M—Left Brake Pedal N—Neutral Return Link O—Neutral Return Link P—Neutral Return Shaft Q—Bearing (4 used) R—Lock Wire and Spring Pin S—Left-Hand Brake Arm Version One (322 and 332) NOTE: Brake pedal and neutral return linkage—Version One, is used on machines equipped with transmission control linkage—Version One for 322 and 332 only. 6. If necessary to replace neutral return cam plate (A), remove transmission control lever assembly. (See Inspect and Repair Transmission Control Linkage—Version One for 322 and 332 only in Section 50, Group 10.) 5. Inspect linkage for wear or damage. Replace parts as necessary. MX,15916010,5 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-10-11 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Brakes/Brake Pedal(s) and Neutral Return Linkage M77919 -UN-13FEB95 60 10 12 A—Strap (2 used) B—Spacer C—Bushing (2 used) D—Washer (2 used) E—Ball Bearings F—Neutral Return Cam G—Safety Wire and Spring Pin H—Neutral Return Arm I—Left Pedal Pad J—Plate K—Strap L—Support M—Right Pedal Pad N—Right Brake Pedal O—Left Brake Pedal P—Neutral Return Link Q—Neutral Return Link R—Neutral Return Shaft S—Bearing (4 used) T—Left-Hand Brake Arm U—Lock Wire and Spring Pin V—Clamp-On Nut W—Speed Control Arm (2 used) X—Bushings Y—Eccentric Adjustment Nut Version Two (322 and 332) NOTE: Brake pedal and neutral return linkage—Version Two, is used on machines equipped with transmission control linkage—Version Two only. MX,15916010,6 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-10-12 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Brakes/Brake Pedal(s) and Neutral Return Linkage M78040 -UN-13JAN95 60 10 13 A—Washer (2 used) B—Spring C—Bushings D—Ball Bearing E—Neutral Return Cam F—Safety Wire and Spring Pin G—Neutral Return Arm H—Left Pedal Pad I—Plate J—Strap K—Support L—Right Pedal Pad M—Right Brake Pedal N—Left Brake Pedal O—Neutral Return Link P—Neutral Return Link Q—Neutral Return Shaft R—Bearing (4 used) S—Left-Hand Brake Arm T—Lock Wire and Spring Pin U—Clamp-On Nut V—Speed Control Arm (2 used) W—Bushings X—Eccentric Adjustment Nut Version Three (322 and 332) NOTE: Brake pedal and neutral return linkage—Version Three, is used on machines equipped with transmission control linkage—Version Three only. MX,15916010,7 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-10-13 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Brakes/Brake Pedal(s) and Neutral Return Linkage 7. Install all parts. 8. Connect brake rods to brake pedal. -UN-13FEB95 9. Install spring (C), washer (D) and nut (B). 10. Connect return spring (A). M78049 A—Return Spring B—Nut C—Spring D—Washer MX,15916010,3 -19-13JUL95 11. Lock brake pedals together and apply parking brake. 12. Loosen lock nut (A). -UN-25JAN90 13. Turn nut until spring is 42 mm (1.650 in.) long. Tighten lock nut. 14. Install fender deck and belly screen. M36554 60 10 14 MX,15906010,12 -19-14FEB95 INSPECT AND REPAIR BRAKE PEDALS AND NEUTRAL RETURN LINKAGE—430 -UN-13FEB95 1. Remove belly pan and fender deck. NOTE: Disconnect brake rods from both sides of machine. M78048 2. Disconnect return spring (A). 3. Remove nut (B), plate or washer (D) and spring (C). Inspect springs for weak coils. Early Models 4. Disconnect brake rods from brake pedal. M78049 -UN-13FEB95 A—Return Spring B—Nut C—Spring D—Plate (Early Models) —Washer (Later Models) Later Models MX,15916010,8 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-10-14 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Brakes/Brake Pedal(s) and Neutral Return Linkage M78041 -UN-14MAR95 60 10 15 A—Neutral Return Cam Plate B—Spacer C—J-Bolt D—Left Pedal Pad E—Plate F—Strap G—Support H—Right Pedal Pad I—Right Brake Pedal J—Neutral Return Link K—Left Brake Pedal L—Neutral Return Link M—Neutral Return Shaft N—Bearing (4 used) O—Neutral Return Welded Shaft P—Lock Wire and Spring Pin Q—Left-Hand Brake Arm R—Eccentric Adjustment Nut Version One (430) NOTE: Brake pedal and neutral return linkage—Version One, is used on machines equipped with transmission control linkage—Version One for 430 only. 6. If necessary to replace neutral return cam plate (A), remove transmission control lever assembly. (See Inspect and Repair Transmission Control Linkage—Version One for 430 only in Section 50, Group 10.) 5. Inspect linkage for wear or damage. Replace parts as necessary. MX,15916010,9 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-10-15 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Brakes/Brake Pedal(s) and Neutral Return Linkage M78042 -UN-13MAR95 60 10 16 A—Strap (2 used) B—Spacer C—Bushing (2 used) D—Washer (2 used) E—Ball Bearings F—Left Pedal Pad G—Plate H—Strap I—Support J—Right Pedal Pad K—Right Brake Pedal L—Left Brake Pedal M—Neutral Return Link N—Neutral Return Link O—Neutral Return Shaft (Short) P—Bearing (4 used) Q—Neutral Return Shaft (Long) R—Neutral Return Cam S—Lock Wire and Spring Pin T—Left-Hand Brake Arm U—Clamp-On Nut V—Speed Control Arm (2 used) W—Bushings X—Eccentric Adjustment Nut Version Two (430) NOTE: Brake pedal and neutral return linkage—Version Two, is used on machines equipped with transmission control linkage—Version Two only. MX,15916010,10 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-10-16 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Brakes/Brake Pedal(s) and Neutral Return Linkage M78043 -UN-13MAR95 60 10 17 A—Washer (2 used) B—Spring C—Bushings D—Ball Bearing E—Left Pedal Pad F—Plate G—Strap H—Support I—Right Pedal Pad J—Right Brake Pedal K—Left Brake Pedal L—Neutral Return Link M—Neutral Return Link N—Neutral Return Shaft (Short) O—Bearing (4 used) P—Neutral Return Shaft (Long) Q—Neutral Return Cam R—Lock Wire and Spring Pin S—Left-Hand Brake Arm T—Clamp-On Nut U—Speed Control Arm (2 used) V—Bushings W—Eccentric Adjustment Nut Version Three (430) NOTE: Brake pedal and neutral return linkage—Version Three, is used on machines equipped with transmission control linkage—Version Three only. MX,15916010,11 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-10-17 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Brakes/Brake Pedal(s) and Neutral Return Linkage 7. Install all parts. 8. Connect brake rods to brake pedal. -UN-13FEB95 9. Install spring (C), plate or washer (D) and nut (B). 10. Connect return spring (A). M78048 A—Return Spring B—Nut C—Spring D—Plate (Early Models) —Washer (Later Models) -UN-13FEB95 Early Models M78049 60 10 18 Later Models MX,15916010,12 -19-13JUL95 11. Lock brake pedals together and apply parking brake. 12. Loosen lock nut (A). -UN-25JAN90 13. Turn nut until spring is 42 mm (1.650 in.) long. Tighten lock nut. M36554 14. Install fender deck and belly pan. MX,15906010,17 -19-14FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-10-18 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Brakes/Inspect and Repair Park Brake Lever INSPECT AND REPAIR PARK BRAKE LEVER 1. Remove belly screen/pan. 2. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as necessary. M77913 -UN-13FEB95 A—Knob B—Lock Washer C—Washer D—Weld Nut E—Park Brake Rod F—Lock Plate G—Pin H—Torsion Spring 60 10 19 MX,15906010,18 -19-12MAY95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-10-19 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Brakes/Inspect and Repair Park Brake Lever 60 10 20 TM1591 (15JUL95) 60-10-20 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Section 70 HYDRAULIC REPAIR Contents Page Group 05—Hydraulic Control Valve Other Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service Parts Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remove and Install 322 and 332 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disassemble, Inspect and Assemble Single-Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two-Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three-Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... 70-05-1 70-05-1 ... ... ... 70-05-2 70-05-3 70-05-6 . . . 70-05-9 . . . 70-05-10 . . . 70-05-12 70 TM1591 (15JUL95) 70-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Contents 70 TM1591 (15JUL95) 70-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 05 Hydraulic Control Valve OTHER MATERIAL Number Name Use M79292 MPG-2® Multi-Purpose Polymer Grease Prevents parts from seizing. Apply to spool springs and end cap cavities. TY6305/TY9485/764 Clean and Cure Primer Cleans parts and speeds cure of sealant. T43512/TY9473/242 Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) Apply to threads spool screws. LOCTITE® PRODUCTS U.S./Canadian/LOCTITE No. ®MPG-2 is a registered trademark of DuBois USA. ®LOCTITE is a registered trademark of the Loctite Corp. MX,15907005,OTH-19-20APR95 SERVICE PARTS KITS The following kits are available through your parts catalog: Single-Spool Valve Spring Center Kit Load Check Kit Seal Kit 70 05 1 Two-Spool Valve Versions One and Two Seal Kit Detent Replacement Kit Versions Three and Four Seal Kit Load Check Kit Spring Center Kit Float Detent Kit Valve Detent Kit Three-Spool Valve Seal Kit Load Check Kit Spring Center Kit Float Detent Kit MX,15917005,KIT-19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 70-05-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Hydraulic Control Valve/Remove and Install REMOVE AND INSTALL HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE—322 AND 332 -UN-23AUG88 CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. X9811 N M31751 -UN-28JUL89 If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. NOTE: Removal and installation procedures for later models may vary slightly. 1. Remove ten cap screws (C) and belly screen (B). 2. Disconnect suction hose (A) to drain transmission oil. Approximate capacity is 4.7 L (5 U.S. qt). 3. Remove hydraulic filter. MX,15917005,1 -19-13JUL95 4. Remove fender deck. 5. Disconnect hydraulic lines from control valve. -UN-03AUG89 6. Disconnect control linkage. M32026 70 05 2 MX,15917005,2 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 70-05-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Hydraulic Control Valve/Remove and Install 7. Remove two mounting bolts (B) and control valve (A). 8. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. -UN-03AUG89 • Fill transmission with the recommended amount of John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD® oil. M32046 • Bleed the hydraulic system. (See procedure in Section 270, Group 20.) MX,15917005,3 -19-13JUL95 REMOVE AND INSTALL HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE—330 -UN-23AUG88 CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. X9811 N If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. M31751 -UN-28JUL89 70 05 3 1. Remove ten cap screws (C) and belly screen (B). 2. Disconnect suction hose (A) to drain transmission oil. Approximate capacity is 4.7 L (5 U.S. qt). 3. Remove hydraulic filter. MX,15917005,4 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 70-05-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Hydraulic Control Valve/Remove and Install 4. Lift hood and remove engine side panels. 5. Remove fender deck. CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. TS281 N -UN-23AUG88 6. Remove right and left pedestal side panels. Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely. -UN-09DEC89 7. Drain radiator. Approximate capacity is 2.8 L (3 U.S. qt). M55053 8. Loosen block drain valve. Drain engine coolant from engine block. Tighten drain valve. 9. Remove radiator. MX,15917005,5 -19-13JUL95 M55071 -UN-09DEC89 10. Remove cotter pin (A) from draft pin (B). Disconnect control linkage. MX,15917005,6 -19-13JUL95 -UN-03AUG89 11. Disconnect hydraulic lines from control valve. M32026 70 05 4 MX,15917005,7 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 70-05-4 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Hydraulic Control Valve/Remove and Install 12. Remove two mounting bolts (B) and control valve (A). -UN-03AUG89 13. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. M32046 • Close drain valve and fill radiator with proper coolant until coolant is 13—25 mm (0.500—1 in.) below bottom of filler neck. (See Engine Coolant in Section 10, Group 25.) • Fill transmission with the recommended amount of John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD® oil. • Bleed the hydraulic system. (See procedure in Section 270, Group 20.) MX,15917005,8 -19-13JUL95 70 05 5 TM1591 (15JUL95) 70-05-5 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Hydraulic Control Valve/Remove and Install REMOVE AND INSTALL HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE—430 -UN-23AUG88 CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. X9811 N If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. NOTE: Removal and installation procedures for later models may vary slightly. 1. Remove battery and battery tray. 2. Remove TDC module (A) and neutral start relay (B). M36784 -UN-25JAN90 70 05 6 MX,15917005,9 -19-13JUL95 M36785 -UN-25JAN90 3. Remove three cotter pins (A) (one from each linkage) and pins (B). MX,15917005,10 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 70-05-6 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Hydraulic Control Valve/Remove and Install M36786 -UN-25JAN90 4. Disconnect two hydraulic lines (A) from top side of control valve. MX,15917005,11 -19-13JUL95 5. Remove both engine side panels. -UN-25JAN90 6. Loosen muffler clamp (A) and remove two cap screws (B). M36787 7. Remove belly pan. MX,15917005,12 -19-13JUL95 8. Remove two cap screws (A) (one on each side of firewall) that fasten lower shield plate. 70 05 7 M36788 -UN-25JAN90 9. Remove two small cap screws fastening muffler to engine block. Remove muffler. MX,15917005,13 -19-13JUL95 10. Remove shield plate from under machine. -UN-25JAN90 11. Disconnect remaining hydraulic lines (A, B and C) from bottom side of control valve. 12. Remove two mounting bolts and control valve. M36790 13. Make repairs as necessary. (See procedures in this group.) MX,15917005,14 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 70-05-7 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Hydraulic Control Valve/Remove and Install 14. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. IMPORTANT: Tighten exhaust mounting hardware in sequence described. Failure to do so, may create binding around exhaust system resulting in muffler breaking off. • Install muffler as follows: —Loosen four cap screws (C). —Install muffler. Tighten mounting hardware finger-tight. —Tighten exhaust mounting hardware in the following sequence: -UN-15DEC94 A—Muffler-to-Engine Mount Cap Screw (2 used) B—Muffler-to-Gear Case Cover Cap Screw (2 used) C—Exhaust Pipe-to-Manifold Cap Screw (4 used) D—Muffler Clamp Nut (2 used) M77310 • Bleed the hydraulic system. (See procedure in Section 270, Group 20.) MX,15917005,15 -19-13JUL95 70 05 8 TM1591 (15JUL95) 70-05-8 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Hydraulic Control Valve/Disassemble, Inspect and Assemble M78058 -UN-24MAR95 DISASSEMBLE, INSPECT AND ASSEMBLE HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE—SINGLE-SPOOL A—Spool B—Body C—O-Ring D—Washer E—Spring F—Spring Retainer G—Screw H—Cap I—Screw (2 used) J—Plug • Apply clean John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD® oil on all internal parts during assembly. IMPORTANT: Spool and body are matched and must be replaced as a unit. Always use new O-rings. Damaged or used parts will leak. NOTE: Note location and position of fittings and linkage to aid in assembly. Lubricate all O-rings with petroleum jelly during assembly. 70 05 9 K—O-Ring L—Spring M—Poppet • Clean threads in end of spool (A) and on screw (G) using Clean and Cure Primer. Apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) on threads of screw (G). • Apply MPG-2® Multi-Purpose Polymer Grease on spring (E) and inside of cap (H). • Tighten screws (G and I) and plug (J) to specifications. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as necessary. TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Screws (G and I) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 N·m (35 lb-in.) Plug (J) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 N·m (23 lb-ft) MX,15907005,6 -19-25APR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 70-05-9 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Hydraulic Control Valve/Disassemble, Inspect and Assemble M78840 -UN-14APR95 DISASSEMBLE, INSPECT AND ASSEMBLE HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE—TWO-SPOOL A—Check Valve Plug (2 used) B—O-Ring (2 used) C—Spring (2 used) D—Poppet (2 used) E—Spool 70 05 10 F—O-Ring (4 used) G—Float Detent Spool H—Body I—Bushing (2 used) J—Washer (2 used) K—Spring L—Detent M—Ball (3 used) N—Spring O—Cap P—Washer Q—Cap R—Cap S—Snap Ring T—Spacer U—Spring V—Washer Versions One and Two NOTE: There are four versions of this valve. Disassembly and assembly procedures may vary slightly. IMPORTANT: Spools and body are matched and must be replaced as a unit. Spools must be installed into the same bores from which they were removed for proper operation of each function. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as necessary. • Apply clean John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD® oil on all internal parts during assembly. • Apply MPG-2® Multi-Purpose Polymer Grease on springs (K, N and U) and inside of caps (Q and R). • Tighten caps (Q and R) to 31 N·m (23 lb-ft). Always use new O-rings. Damaged or used parts will leak. NOTE: Note location and position of fittings and linkages to aid in assembly. Lubricate all O-rings with petroleum jelly during assembly. MX,15917005,16 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 70-05-10 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 M78841 -UN-14APR95 Hydraulic Control Valve/Disassemble, Inspect and Assemble A—Check Valve Plug (2 used) B—O-Ring (2 used) C—Spring (2 used) D—Poppet (2 used) E—Spools and Body F—O-Ring (4 used) G—Washers H—Spring I—Spacer J—Detent K—Cap L—Ball (2 used) M—Spring (2 used) N—Plug (2 used) O—Screw and Washer (4 used) P—Cap Q—Screw R—Spacer S—Spring T—Washer 70 05 11 Versions Three and Four IMPORTANT: Spools and body are matched and must be replaced as a unit. Spools must be installed into the same bores from which they were removed for proper operation of each function. Always use new O-rings. Damaged or used parts will leak. NOTE: Note location and position of fittings and linkages to aid in assembly. • Apply clean John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD® oil on all internal parts during assembly. • Clean threads in end of spools, detent (J) and screw (Q) using Clean and Cure Primer. Apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) on threads of detent (J) and screw (Q). • Apply MPG-2® Multi-Purpose Polymer Grease on springs (H and S) and inside of caps (K and P). • Tighten detent (J), screw (Q), screw and washers (O) and plugs (A) to specifications. Lubricate all O-rings with petroleum jelly during assembly. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as necessary. TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Detent (J), Screw (Q) and Screw and Washers (O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 N·m (35 lb-in.) Plugs (A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 N·m (23 lb-ft) MX,15917005,17 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 70-05-11 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Hydraulic Control Valve/Disassemble, Inspect and Assemble M78843 -UN-14APR95 DISASSEMBLE, INSPECT AND ASSEMBLE HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE—THREE-SPOOL 70 05 12 A—Check Valve Plug (3 used) B—O-Ring (3 used) C—Spring (3 used) D—Poppet (3 used) E—Spools and Body F—O-Ring (6 used) G—Washer (4 used) H—Spring (2 used) I—Spacer (2 used) J—Screw (2 used) K—Cap (2 used) L—Screw and Washer (6 used) M—Plug (2 used) N—Spring (2 used) IMPORTANT: Spools and body are matched and must be replaced as a unit. Spools must be installed into the same bores from which they were removed for proper operation of each function. Always use new O-rings. Damaged or used parts will leak. NOTE: Note location and position of fittings and linkages to aid in assembly. • Apply clean John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD® oil on all internal parts during assembly. • Clean threads in end of spools, detent (Q) and screws (J) using Clean and Cure Primer. Apply thread lock and sealer (medium strength) on threads of detent (Q) and screws (J). • Apply MPG-2® Multi-Purpose Polymer Grease on springs (H and S) and inside of caps (K and P). • Tighten detent (Q), screws (J), screw and washers (L) and plugs (A) to specifications. Lubricate all O-rings with petroleum jelly during assembly. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as necessary. O—Ball (2 used) P—Cap Q—Detent R—Spacer S—Spring TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Detent (Q), Screws (J) and Screw and Washers (L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 N·m (35 lb-in.) Plugs (A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 N·m (23 lb-ft) MX,15917005,18 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 70-05-12 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Section 80 MISCELLANEOUS REPAIR Contents Page Group 05—Front Axle Special or Essential Tools . . . . . . . . Front Axle—322, 330 and 332 Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . Inspect and Replace Pivot Bushings Front Axle—430 Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disassemble and Inspect Pivot Pin Assemble Pivot Pin . . . . . . . . . . . Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spindles Remove and Install . . . . . . . . . . . Inspect and Replace Bushings . . . Inspect and Replace Wheel Bearings Adjust Toe-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 80-05-1 ... ... 80-05-1 80-05-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-05-3 80-05-5 80-05-6 80-05-7 . . . . . . . . . 80-05-9 . 80-05-11 . 80-05-12 . 80-05-12 Group 10—Mower Spindle and Jack Sheave Repair Mower Blade Spindles 38 (Early), 46 and 50-Inch Mower . . . . 80-10-1 38-Inch Mower (Later) . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-10-1 Early 60-Inch and 260 Rotary Mower . . 80-10-2 Later 60-Inch and 260 Rotary Mower . . 80-10-3 Mower Blade Jack Sheaves 46 and 50-Inch Mower . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-10-4 Group 15—Mower Gear Case Repair Other Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-Inch Mower Disassemble and Inspect . . . . . . . . Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Early 60-Inch Mower (Curtis) Disassemble and Inspect . . . . . . . . Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Later 60-Inch Mower (Peerless) Disassemble and Inspect . . . . . . . . Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Rotary Mower Disassemble and Inspect . . . . . . . . Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TM1591 (15JUL95) 80 .. 80-15-1 .. .. 80-15-1 80-15-6 . . 80-15-10 . . 80-15-14 . . 80-15-19 . . 80-15-23 . . 80-15-27 . . 80-15-32 80-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Contents 80 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 05 Front Axle SPECIAL OR ESSENTIAL TOOLS NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the U.S. SERVICE-GARD™ Catalog or in the European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). DX,TOOLS -19-05JUN91 Installer Sleeve.............................JDM8-3 For 430 tractor; Used to install PTO shaft asssembly into pivot pin. MX,15918005,A -19-08MAR95 REMOVE AND INSTALL FRONT AXLE—322, 330 AND 332 -UN-28JUL89 NOTE: The 330 has manual steering and is connected to the steering arm by a drag link. The 322 and 332 have power steering and are connected to the steering arm by a cylinder. M31963 1. Raise front of machine and block securely with jack stands. 2. Remove cotter pin, if equipped, from steering link/cylinder at steering arm on spindle. 322 and 332 Shown 3. Remove nut and bolt (322 and 332) from arm. 4. Disconnect steering link/cylinder from spindle. MX,15918005,1 -19-13JUL95 80 05 1 M32000 -UN-03AUG89 5. Loosen axle deflector adjustment bolts and turn in to allow maximum clearance. MX,15908005,2 -19-15FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-05-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Front Axle/Front Axle—322, 330 and 332 6. Place a floor jack under center of axle. 7. Remove cotter pin from pivot bolt. -UN-03AUG89 8. Remove pivot bolt nut and remove bolt through axle (towards rear). Remove axle. M32002 9. Inspect axle and pivot bushings for damage or wear. (See procedure in this group.) 10. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. • Apply multipurpose grease to pivot bolt before installing. • Tighten pivot bolt nut until axle is snug, but still free to pivot. • Adjust axle deflector adjustment bolts for smooth up and down operation of axle. Axle should move freely without sticking in one spot. MX,15908005,3 -19-08MAR95 INSPECT AND REPLACE PIVOT BUSHINGS—322, 330 AND 332 -UN-17FEB95 2. Replace bushings if necessary, using a driver set. 3. Inspect the axle for bends, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged components. M31582 80 05 2 1. Inspect pivot bushings (A) and pivot bolt for wear or damage. The pivot bolt should not be bent or have stripped threads. MX,15918005,2 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-05-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Front Axle/Front Axle—430 REMOVE FRONT AXLE—430 1. Raise front of machine and block securely with jack stands. -UN-28JUL89 2. Remove front PTO extension, if equipped. M31963 3. Remove cotter pin, if equipped, from steering cylinder at steering arm on spindle. 4. Remove nut and bolt from steering arm. Disconnect steering cylinder from steering arm. MX,15918005,3 -19-13JUL95 M31970 -UN-03AUG89 5. Loosen axle deflector adjustment bolts and turn in to allow maximum clearance. MX,15908005,6 -19-15FEB95 80 05 3 6. Remove engine side panels and front grille. M35471 -UN-16NOV89 7. Remove two nuts to remove belt guard. MX,15918005,4 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-05-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Front Axle/Front Axle—430 M35472 -UN-16NOV89 8. Loosen belt tensioning nut as far as possible. MX,15918005,5 -19-13JUL95 9. Remove snap ring (A) from PTO shaft. 10. Remove belts from drive pulley. -UN-25JAN90 NOTE: It may be necessary to remove the four radiator shroud-to-radiator screws. This allows shroud to move to allow clearance for removing PTO pulley. M36800 11. Remove drive pulley from PTO shaft. MX,15918005,6 -19-13JUL95 -UN-29JAN90 12. Remove two pivot pin retaining nuts (A). M36801 80 05 4 MX,15918005,7 -19-13JUL95 13. Place a floor jack under center of axle. -UN-03AUG89 14. Slide pivot pin (A) out towards front of tractor. Remove axle. 15. Inspect pivot pin bore (B) and axle (C) for damage or excessive wear. Replace axle if necessary. M31998 16. Inspect pivot pin for damage or wear. (See procedure in this group.) MX,15918005,8 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-05-4 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Front Axle/Front Axle—430 DISASSEMBLE AND INSPECT PIVOT PIN—430 M36802 -UN-29JAN90 1. Remove snap ring (A). MX,15918005,9 -19-13JUL95 M36803 -UN-25JAN90 2. Push PTO shaft (A) and bearing (B) from pivot pin using a press. MX,15908005,13 -19-15FEB95 3. Inspect PTO shaft bearing (A) for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. -UN-29JAN90 4. If replacing bearing, remove snap ring (B). M36804 5. Push PTO shaft from bearing using a press and a knife-edge puller. MX,15908005,14 -19-15FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-05-5 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 80 05 5 Front Axle/Front Axle—430 6. Inspect caged needle bearing (A) for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. M36806 -UN-25JAN90 7. Remove needle bearing using a blind hole puller set and a slide hammer. MX,15908005,15 -19-15FEB95 ASSEMBLE PIVOT PIN—430 -UN-25JAN90 1. Support pivot pin on a press. Put a driver disk (A) on bearing (B). Install bearing using a press until disk bottoms on pivot pin. M36808 80 05 6 MX,15918005,10 -19-13JUL95 2. Install snap ring (A) on PTO shaft. M36809 -UN-25JAN90 3. Support bearing on a knife-edge puller. Press PTO shaft (B) into bearing until it bottoms on snap ring. MX,15908005,17 -19-07MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-05-6 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Front Axle/Front Axle—430 4. Support pivot pin on a press. Install PTO shaft assembly into pivot pin. 5. Put JDM8-3 Installation Sleeve (A) or a piece of pipe over PTO shaft. Put a suitable size driver disk (B) on Sleeve or pipe. M36810 -UN-25JAN90 6. Press shaft assembly into pivot pin until bearing bottoms in bore. MX,15908005,18 -19-07MAR95 M36802 -UN-29JAN90 7. Install snap ring (A). MX,15908005,19 -19-15FEB95 INSTALL FRONT AXLE—430 1. Install two pivot pin bolts (A) through machine frame. M36811 -UN-25JAN90 2. Fasten cap screws with tape to back of frame to keep them from falling out when installing axle. MX,15918005,11 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-05-7 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 80 05 7 Front Axle/Front Axle—430 3. Install axle under front of machine. -UN-25JAN90 4. Raise left wheel off ground enough to connect steering cylinder end (A) to steering arm. Then put blocks under left front wheel. 5. Lift right side of axle to align pivot hole with hole in frame. M36812 6. Slide pivot pin through frame and axle. 7. Secure pivot pin to frame with retaining nuts. MX,15918005,12 -19-13JUL95 8. Slide drive pulley onto PTO shaft. 9. Install snap ring (A) in PTO shaft groove. -UN-25JAN90 10. Install belts on pulley. 11. Install PTO pulley guard. M36800 12. Install radiator shroud-to-radiator screws, if removed. MX,15918005,13 -19-13JUL95 13. Tighten belt tensioning nut until spring measures 35 mm (1.380 in.). -UN-27NOV89 14. Install front grille and engine side panels. 15. Install front PTO extension, if equipped. M35665 80 05 8 MX,15918005,14 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-05-8 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Front Axle/Spindles 16. Adjust axle deflector bolts for smooth up and down operation of axle. -UN-03AUG89 17. Test for proper axle deflector adjustment, by pushing down on a wheel. The axle should move freely without sticking in one spot. Readjust if necessary. M31970 18. Lower tractor from jack stands. MX,15918005,16 -19-13JUL95 REMOVE AND INSTALL SPINDLES -UN-03AUG89 NOTE: The 330 has manual steering and is connected to the steering arm by a drag link. The 322, 332 and 430 have power steering and are connected to the steering arm by a cylinder. 1. Raise front of machine and block securely with jack stands. M32067 2. Remove front wheels. 3. Remove cotter pin, if equipped, from steering link/cylinder at steering arm on left spindle. 322 and 332 Shown 4. Remove nut and bolt (322, 332 and 430) from arm. 5. Disconnect steering link/cylinder from steering arm. 80 05 9 MX,15918005,15 -19-13JUL95 M32068 -UN-03AUG89 6. Disconnect both tie rod ends and remove tie rod. MX,15908005,27 -19-15FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-05-9 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Front Axle/Spindles 7. Put an alignment mark across top of steering arm and left spindle to aid in installation. M32069 -UN-03AUG89 8. Remove nut, washer (if equipped), bolt and steering arm from left spindle. MX,15908005,28 -19-15FEB95 MX,15908005,29 -19-14MAR95 M78701 -UN-14MAR95 9. Slide left spindle down out of axle to remove. 80 05 10 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-05-10 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Front Axle/Spindles 10. Remove snap ring from top of right spindle. 11. Slide right spindle down out of axle to remove. -UN-03AUG89 12. Inspect spindles for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. M32072 13. Inspect bushings for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. (See procedure in this group.) 14. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. • On left-hand side; align marks made on steering arm and spindle shaft. • Apply multipurpose grease to lubrication fittings. • Adjust toe-in. (See procedure in this group.) MX,15908005,30 -19-07MAR95 INSPECT AND REPLACE SPINDLE BUSHINGS -UN-25JAN90 1. Remove spindles. (See procedure in this group.) 2. Remove bushings (A) from axle using a long brass drift and a plastic headed hammer. M36815 3. Install new bushings using a plastic headed hammer. Install bushings until they bottom against axle. MX,15908005,31 -19-15FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-05-11 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 80 05 11 Front Axle/Adjust Toe-in INSPECT AND REPLACE WHEEL BEARINGS 1. Remove front wheels. M32007 -UN-03AUG89 2. The front wheels are equipped with sealed roller bearings in both the front and rear of hub. Check the bearings for damage by spinning the inner race by hand. If the bearing binds or shows excessive wear, it must be replaced. 3. Tap the bearings out from the back side with a long drift and a hammer. 4. Install new bearings using a driver set. MX,15908005,32 -19-12MAY95 ADJUST TOE-IN M32064 2. Measure distance between the inner edges of the tires at the rear. -UN-28APR89 1. Position wheels so they are pointing straight ahead. MX,15908005,33 -19-12MAY95 -UN-28APR89 3. Measure front distance between tires. When properly adjusted, front distance should be 4.8 mm (3/16 in.) shorter than rear distance (a slight toe-in). M32065 80 05 12 MX,15908005,34 -19-15FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-05-12 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Front Axle/Adjust Toe-in 4. Loosen jam nuts and adjust tie rod to lengthen or shorten distance. -UN-03AUG89 IMPORTANT: Make sure there is free movement of ball joints after tightening jam nuts. M32066 5. Make certain to securely tighten jam nuts after adjusting tie rod. MX,M21,7005K,X -19-04NOV82 80 05 13 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-05-13 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Front Axle/Adjust Toe-in 80 05 14 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-05-14 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 10 Mower Spindle and Jack Sheave Repair SERVICE MOWER BLADE SPINDLES—38 (EARLY), 46 AND 50-INCH MOWER NOTE: On 50-Inch, Three-Point Hitch Mowers; some spindles may have a grease zerk in the top end of the spindle shaft. If, for any reason the spindle must be disassembled, be sure to lubricate and torque parts as required. -UN-21FEB95 When assembling bearings and spacer, fill cavities (J and M) 75 percent full of multipurpose grease. TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS A—Lock Nut B—Key C—Driven Sheave D—Hub E—Snap Rings F—Mower Blade G—Washer M78050 Lock Nut (A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 N·m (103 lb-ft) Cap Screw (H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 N·m (54 lb-ft) H—Cap Screw I—Spindle J—Grease Cavity K—Bearing L—Spacer M—Grease Cavity N—Bearing MX,15908010,1 -19-13MAR95 SERVICE MOWER BLADE SPINDLES—38-INCH MOWER (LATER) NOTE: Some spindles may not have fan (C). If, for any reason the spindle must be disassembled, be sure to lubricate and torque parts as required. 80 10 1 After assembly, fill grease cavity (M) by applying multipurpose grease to grease zerk (E). -UN-21FEB95 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Lock Nut (A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 N·m (103 lb-ft) Cap Screw (I) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 N·m (54 lb-ft) I—Cap Screw J—Spindle K—Bearing L—Spacer M—Grease Cavity N—Bearing O—Key M78051 A—Lock Nut B—Driven Sheave C—Fan D—Washer E—Grease Zerk F—Hub G—Mower Blade H—Washer MX,15908010,2 -19-15FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-10-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Spindle and Jack Sheave Repair/Mower Blade Spindles SERVICE MOWER BLADE SPINDLES—EARLY 60-INCH AND 260 ROTARY MOWER If, for any reason the spindle must be disassembled, be sure to lubricate and torque parts as required. When assembling bearings and spacer, fill cavities (E and H) 75 percent full of multipurpose grease. TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS I—Cap Screw J—Washer K—Mower Blade L—Spindle M—Hub N—Driven Sheave O—Key M78052 A—Lock Nut B—Bearing C—Snap Ring D—Spacer E—Grease Cavity F—Snap Ring G—Bearing H—Grease Cavity -UN-21FEB95 Lock Nut (A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 N·m (103 lb-ft) Cap Screw (I) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 N·m (54 lb-ft) MX,15908010,3 -19-13MAR95 80 10 2 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-10-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Spindle and Jack Sheave Repair/Mower Blade Spindles SERVICE MOWER BLADE SPINDLES—LATER 60-INCH AND 260 ROTARY MOWER If, for any reason the spindle must be disassembled, be sure to lubricate and torque parts as required. IMPORTANT: Bushing (F) must be installed with grease grooves on end of bushing facing bearing (R) or bearings won’t get any grease. -UN-21FEB95 Bearing (M) must be install with sealed surface side facing away from snap ring (N) to keep grease within grease cavity (P) and bearing. M78053 During assembly, install bushing (F) with grease grooves on end of bushing facing toward bearing (R). Also, install bearing (M) with sealed surface side facing away from snap ring (N). After assembly, fill grease cavity (P) by applying multipurpose grease to grease zerk (B). TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Lock Nut (A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 N·m (103 lb-ft) Cap Screw (L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 N·m (54 lb-ft) A—Lock Nut B—Grease Zerk C—Key D—Driven Sheave E—Seal F—Bushing G—Hub H—Washer I—Spindle J—Mower Blade K—Washer L—Cap Screw M—Bearing N—Snap Ring O—Spacer P—Grease Cavity Q—Snap Ring R—Bearing 80 10 3 MX,15908010,4 -19-15FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-10-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Spindle and Jack Sheave Repair/Mower Blade Jack Sheaves SERVICE MOWER BLADE JACK SHEAVES—46 AND 50-INCH MOWER Mower blade jack sheaves normally require no lubrication or service. If, for any reason the jack sheave must be disassembled, be sure to lubricate and torque parts as required. When assembling bearings and spacer, fill cavities (K and N) 75 percent full of multipurpose grease. TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Lock Nut (A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 N·m (103 lb-ft) Cap Screw (I) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 N·m (54 lb-ft) -UN-21FEB95 I—Cap Screw J—Spindle K—Grease Cavity L—Bearing M—Spacer N—Grease Cavity O—Bearing M78054 A—Lock Nut B—Key C—Jack Sheave D—Washer E—Hub F—Snap Rings G—Mower Blade H—Washer MX,15908010,5 -19-15FEB95 80 10 4 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-10-4 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 15 Mower Gear Case Repair OTHER MATERIAL Number Name Use TY6305/TY9485/764 Clean and Cure Primer Cleans parts and speeds cure of sealant. TY15130/NA/395 Form-In-Place Gasket Sealant Early 60-Inch Mower and 260 Rotary Mower; Apply to mating surfaces of gear case and caps. LOCTITE® PRODUCTS U.S./Canadian/LOCTITE No. ®LOCTITE is a registered trademark of the Loctite Corp. MX,15908015,OTH-19-22FEB95 DISASSEMBLE AND INSPECT MOWER GEAR CASE—50-INCH MOWER M77316 -UN-24FEB95 1. Remove drain plugs (A and B) and drain oil from gear case. MX,15908015,1 -19-22FEB95 80 15 1 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/50-Inch Mower 2. Remove four cap screws (A) and input shaft assembly. 3. Remove lock nut (B), washer (C) and bevel gear (E) and bearing from shaft. NOTE: Bearing cone is press-fit on bevel gear. Remove bearing only if replacement is necessary. Bearing cone, cup in pillow block and shim(s) are matched and must be replaced as complete assemblies. 4. Inspect bearing cone (D) for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. 5. Remove bearing cone from bevel gear using a knife-edge puller and a press. -UN-24FEB95 6. Remove shim(s) (F) and key (G). M77317 A—Cap Screw (4 used) B—Lock Nut C—Washer D—Bearing Cone E—Bevel Gear F—Shims (as required) G—Key Input Shaft Side MX,15908015,2 -19-22FEB95 80 15 2 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/50-Inch Mower 7. Press on threaded end of input shaft (C) to remove seal (A) and input shaft assembly from pillow block (I). NOTE: Bearing cone is press-fit on input shaft. Remove bearing only if replacement is necessary. Bearing cups are press-fit in pillow block. Remove cups only if replacement is necessary. Bearing cones and cups are matched and must be replaced as complete assemblies. 8. Inspect bearing cone (D) and cups (G and H) for wear or damage. Replace as necessary. 9. Remove snap ring (B) and press input shaft (C) from bearing (D). -UN-24FEB95 10. Remove O-ring (E) and snap ring (F). 11. Remove bearing cups (G and H) using a press and driver set or punch and hammer. M77318 IMPORTANT: Remove bearing cups using a press and driver disk, if possible. Using a punch and hammer can damage pillow block. Use only if necessary. Input Shaft Assembly A—Seal B—Snap Ring C—Input Shaft D—Bearing Cone E—O-Ring F—Snap Ring G—Bearing Cup H—Bearing Cup I—Pillow Block 80 15 3 MX,15908015,3 -19-13MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/50-Inch Mower 12. Remove vent plug (A) and adapter (B) from gear case (C). 13. Remove four cap screws (D). Remove retainer (L) and output shaft assembly (M). 14. Remove output shaft assembly (M) from retainer (L). IMPORTANT: Remove and discard crush ring (I). A new crush ring must be installed during assembly to achieve proper output shaft end play. 15. Remove O-ring (G), shim (J), bearing cup (H) and crush ring (I). Discard crush ring. 16. Press out seal (K) from retainer (L). -UN-24FEB95 NOTE: Bearing cup (F) and plug (E) are press-fit in gear case. Remove bearing cup (F) only if replacement is necessary. 17. Inspect bearing cups (F and H) for wear or damage. Replace as necessary. M77319 Bearing cones and cups are matched and must be replaced as complete assemblies. Output Shaft Side 18. Press out plug (E) and bearing cup (F). A—Vent Plug B—Adapter C—Gear Case D—Cap Screw (4 used) E—Plug F—Bearing Cup G—O-Ring H—Bearing Cup I—Crush Ring J—Shim (as required) K—Seal L—Retainer M—Output Shaft Assembly 80 15 4 MX,15908015,4 -19-29MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-4 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/50-Inch Mower NOTE: Bearing cones are press-fit on output shaft. Remove bearings only if replacement is necessary. Bearing cones and cups are matched and must be replaced as complete assemblies. 20. Inspect bearing cones (A and D) for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. 21. Press output shaft (B) from bearing cone (A). Remove snap ring (C). 22. Remove bearing cone (D) from output shaft (B) using a knife-edge puller and a press. 23. Remove bevel gear (E), snap ring (F) and key (G). M77320 A—Bearing Cone B—Output Shaft C—Snap Ring D—Bearing Cone E—Bevel Gear F—Snap Ring G—Key -UN-24FEB95 24. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as necessary. Output Shaft Assembly MX,15908015,5 -19-29MAR95 80 15 5 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-5 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/50-Inch Mower ASSEMBLE MOWER GEAR CASE—50-INCH MOWER IMPORTANT: Always use new seals and O-rings. Damaged or used parts will leak. NOTE: Lubricate all O-rings with petroleum jelly during assembly. Apply clean gear case oil on all internal parts during assembly. 1. Install snap ring (F), key (G) and bevel gear (E). Install bevel gear on output shaft, small O.D. first. 2. Press bearing cone (D) on output shaft (B) with small O.D. facing away from bevel gear (E). Install bearing until it bottoms against bevel gear. -UN-24FEB95 3. Install snap ring (C). M77320 4. Press bearing cone (A) on output shaft with small O.D. facing away from bevel gear (E). Install bearing until it bottoms against snap ring. A—Bearing Cone B—Output Shaft C—Snap Ring D—Bearing Cone E—Bevel Gear F—Snap Ring G—Key Output Shaft Assembly MX,15908015,6 -19-13MAR95 80 15 6 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-6 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/50-Inch Mower 5. Install new bearing cup (F), if removed, using a driver set. 6. Press plug (E) into gear case (C) with lip facing away from gear case. Install plug until recessed 1.59 mm (0.062 in.) below gear case surface. 7. Install adapter (B) and vent plug (A). 8. Press new seal (K) into retainer (L) until top of seal is recessed 2.54 mm (0.100 in.) below retainer surface. 9. Apply multipurpose grease to lip of seal. -UN-24FEB95 IMPORTANT: A new crush ring must be installed during assembly. The ring collapses when retainer is tightened to gear case to achieve proper output shaft end play. 10. Install new crush ring (I) and bearing cup (H). 11. Install shim (J) and new O-ring (G). M77319 IMPORTANT: Tape end of output shaft to prevent seal damage during shaft installation. Output Shaft Side 12. Apply tape around end of output shaft. 13. Assemble output shaft assembly (M) and retainer (L). Remove tape. 14. Install retainer and output shaft assembly into gear case (C). 15. Install four cap screws (D) and tighten to 30 N·m (22 lb-ft). A—Vent Plug B—Adapter C—Gear Case D—Cap Screw (4 used) E—Plug F—Bearing Cup G—O-Ring H—Bearing Cup I—Crush Ring J—Shim (as required) K—Seal L—Retainer M—Output Shaft Assembly 80 15 7 MX,15908015,7 -19-13MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-7 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/50-Inch Mower 16. Install snap ring (F). 17. Install new bearing cups (G and H), if removed, using a driver set. Press into pillow block (I) until seated against snap ring and housing. 18. Install snap ring (B) on input shaft (C). 19. Press bearing cone (D) on input shaft with small O.D. facing away from snap ring (B). Install bearing until it bottoms against snap ring. IMPORTANT: Tape end of input shaft to prevent seal damage during seal installation. 20. Apply tape around large end of input shaft. 21. Install input shaft assembly into pillow block (I). -UN-24FEB95 22. Apply multipurpose grease to lip of new seal (A). M77318 23. Press new seal (A) into pillow block (I) until top of seal is recessed 2.54 mm (0.100 in.) below block surface. Remove tape from end of shaft. 24. Install new O-ring (E). Input Shaft Assembly A—Seal B—Snap Ring C—Input Shaft D—Bearing Cone E—O-Ring F—Snap Ring G—Bearing Cup H—Bearing Cup I—Pillow Block 80 15 8 MX,15908015,8 -19-13MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-8 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/50-Inch Mower 25. Install shims (F) on bevel gear (E). 26. Press bearing cone (D) on bevel gear (E) with small O.D. facing away from bevel gear. Install bearing until it bottoms against shims. 27. Install key (G) into input shaft. 28. Install bevel gear assembly onto input shaft. IMPORTANT: DO NOT overtighten lock nut (B). Overtightening can damage bearing cone (D). 29. Install washer (C) and lock nut (B). Tighten lock nut until there is zero endplay in input shaft. 30. Install input shaft assembly into gear case. M77317 A—Cap Screw (4 used) B—Lock Nut C—Washer D—Bearing Cone E—Bevel Gear F—Shims (as required) G—Key -UN-24FEB95 31. Install four cap screws (A) and tighten to 30 N·m (22 lb-ft). Input Shaft Side MX,15908015,9 -19-22FEB95 80 15 9 32. AFTER installing gear case on mower deck, fill gear case to proper level with John Deere API GL-5 Gear Oil. M77316 -UN-24FEB95 33. Install plugs (A and B). MX,15908015,10 -19-22FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-9 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/Early 60-Inch Mower (Curtis) DISASSEMBLE AND INSPECT MOWER GEAR CASE—EARLY 60-INCH MOWER (CURTIS) -UN-24FEB95 1. Remove drain plugs (A and B) and drain oil from gear case. M77328 2. Scribe an alignment mark across caps and gear case. Mark both caps in relation to the case side they are removed from to aid in assembly. MX,15908015,11 -19-13MAR95 80 15 10 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-10 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/Early 60-Inch Mower (Curtis) 3. Remove four cap screws and lock plates (A). 4. Remove cap (B) and input shaft assembly from gear case (C). 5. Remove shims (D) and input shaft assembly from cap (B). 6. Pry out seal (E). NOTE: Bearing cup is press-fit in cap. Remove bearing cup only if replacement is necessary. Bearing cone (K) is press-fit on input shaft. Bearing cones and cups (one in gear case housing) are matched and must be replaced as complete assemblies. -UN-24FEB95 7. Inspect bearing cup (F) for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. M77329 IMPORTANT: Remove bearing cups using a press and driver disk, if possible. Using a punch and hammer can damage cap. Use only if necessary. Input Shaft Side 8. Remove bearing cup (F) using a press and driver set or punch and hammer. 9. Slide bearing cone (G) off of input shaft (H). 10. Remove spring pin (I) using a punch and hammer. 11. Press shaft (H) from bevel gear (J) and bearing cone (K). 12. Remove key (L). A—Cap Screw and Lock Plate (4 used) B—Cap C—Gear Case D—Shims (as required) E—Seal F—Bearing Cup G—Bearing Cone H—Input Shaft I—Spring Pin J—Bevel Gear K—Bearing Cone L—Key 80 15 11 MX,15908015,12 -19-13MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-11 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/Early 60-Inch Mower (Curtis) 13. Remove four cap screws and lock plates (A). 14. Remove cap (B) and output shaft assembly from gear case (C). 15. Remove shims (D) and output shaft assembly from cap (B). 16. Pry out seal (E). NOTE: Bearing cup is press-fit in cap. Remove bearing cup only if replacement is necessary. Bearing cone (K) is press-fit on input shaft. Bearing cones and cups (one in gear case housing) are matched and must be replaced as complete assemblies. -UN-24FEB95 17. Inspect bearing cup (F) for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. M77330 IMPORTANT: Remove bearing cups using a press and driver disk, if possible. Using a punch and hammer can damage cap. Use only if necessary. Output Shaft Side 18. Remove bearing cup (F) using a press and driver set or punch and hammer. 19. Slide bearing cone (G) off of output shaft (H). 20. Remove spring pin (I) using a punch and hammer. 80 15 12 21. Press shaft (H) from bevel gear (J) and bearing cone (K). 22. Remove key (L). A—Cap Screw and Lock Plate (4 used) B—Cap C—Gear Case D—Shims (as required) E—Seal F—Bearing Cup G—Bearing Cone H—Output Shaft I—Spring Pin J—Bevel Gear K—Bearing Cone L—Key MX,15908015,13 -19-13MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-12 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/Early 60-Inch Mower (Curtis) 23. Remove vent plug (A) and adapter (B). NOTE: Bearing cups are press-fit in gear case. Remove bearing cups only if replacement is necessary. Bearing cups and cones are matched and must be replaced as complete assemblies. 24. Inspect bearing cups (D and E) for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. -UN-24FEB95 IMPORTANT: Remove bearing cups using a slide hammer and inside puller, if possible. Using a punch and hammer can damage gear case. Use only if necessary. M77331 25. Remove bearing cups from gear case (C) using a slide hammer and inside puller or punch and hammer. 26. Remove shims (F), if equipped. A—Vent Plug B—Adapter C—Gear Case D—Bearing Cup E—Bearing Cup F—Shims (as required) MX,15908015,14 -19-13MAR95 80 15 13 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-13 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/Early 60-Inch Mower (Curtis) ASSEMBLE MOWER GEAR CASE—EARLY 60-INCH MOWER (CURTIS) IMPORTANT: Always use new seals. Damaged or used seals will leak. NOTE: Apply clean gear case oil on all internal parts during assembly. 1. Install shims (F), if equipped, into gear case (C). -UN-24FEB95 2. Install new bearing cups (E and D), if removed, using a driver set. 3. Install adapter (B) and vent plug (A). M77331 A—Vent Plug B—Adapter C—Gear Case D—Bearing Cup E—Bearing Cup F—Shims (as required) MX,15908015,15 -19-13MAR95 80 15 14 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-14 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/Early 60-Inch Mower (Curtis) 4. Install key (L) and bevel gear (J), shoulder end first, onto shaft (H). 5. Align holes in bevel gear and shaft and install spring pin (I). 6. Press bearing cone (K) on shaft with small O.D. facing away from bevel gear (J). Install bearing cone until seated. 7. Slide bearing cone (G) onto other end of output shaft (H). IMPORTANT: Do not press seal in until seated or bottomed out. Seal will become damaged and will leak. -UN-24FEB95 8. Press new seal (E) into cap (B) until seal is flush with first recess in bottom of cap. 9. Install new bearing cup (F), if removed, using a driver set. A—Cap Screw and Lock Plate (4 used) B—Cap C—Gear Case D—Shims (as required) E—Seal F—Bearing Cup M77330 10. Apply multipurpose grease to lip of seal. G—Bearing Cone H—Output Shaft I—Spring Pin J—Bevel Gear K—Bearing Cone L—Key Output Shaft Side MX,15908015,16 -19-13MAR95 80 15 15 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-15 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/Early 60-Inch Mower (Curtis) IMPORTANT: Tape end of output shaft to prevent seal damage during shaft installation. 11. Apply tape around end of output shaft. 12. Assemble output shaft assembly and cap (B). Remove tape. NOTE: Flat sides of cap must align with flat sides of gear case. Gear case mounting surface must be flat to install gear case on mower deck. 13. Install shims (D). Align marks made during disassembly and install output shaft assembly into gear case (C). 14. Install four cap screws and lock plates (A) and tighten to 30 N·m (22 lb-ft). -UN-24FEB95 15. Check output shaft endplay. Endplay should be within 0.025—0.076 mm (0.001—0.003 in.). If necessary, remove cap and output shaft assembly and add or remove shims (D) as needed. M77330 16. Again, remove four cap screws and lock plates (A) and cap and output shaft assembly. Output Shaft Side 17. Clean mating surfaces of cap, shims and gear case using Clean and Cure Primer. Apply a bead of Form-In-Place Gasket, or an equivalant, between inside edge of top shim and lip on cap (B). 80 15 16 18. Align and install cap and output shaft assembly into gear case. Install four cap screws and lock plates (A) and tighten to 30 N·m (22 lb-ft). Bend lock plates up around cap screws. A—Cap Screw and Lock Plate (4 used) B—Cap C—Gear Case D—Shims (as required) E—Seal F—Bearing Cup G—Bearing Cone H—Output Shaft I—Spring Pin J—Bevel Gear K—Bearing Cone L—Key MX,15908015,39 -19-13MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-16 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/Early 60-Inch Mower (Curtis) 19. Install key (L) and bevel gear (J), shoulder end first, onto shaft (H). 20. Align holes in bevel gear and shaft and install spring pin (I). 21. Press bearing cone (K) on shaft with small O.D. facing away from bevel gear (J). Install bearing until seated. 22. Slide bearing cone (G) onto other end of input shaft (H). IMPORTANT: Do not press seal in until seated or bottomed out. Seal will become damaged and will leak. -UN-24FEB95 23. Press new seal (E) into cap (B) until seal is flush with first recess in bottom of cap. 24. Install new bearing cup (F), if removed, using a driver set. A—Cap Screw and Lock Plate (4 used) B—Cap C—Gear Case D—Shims (as required) E—Seal F—Bearing Cup M77329 25. Apply multipurpose grease to lip of seal. G—Bearing Cone H—Input Shaft I—Spring Pin J—Bevel Gear K—Bearing Cone L—Key Input Shaft Side MX,15908015,17 -19-29MAR95 80 15 17 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-17 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/Early 60-Inch Mower (Curtis) IMPORTANT: Tape end of input shaft to prevent seal damage during shaft installation. 26. Apply tape around end of input shaft. 27. Assemble input shaft assembly and cap (B). Remove tape. NOTE: Flat sides of cap must align with flat sides of gear case. Gear case mounting surface must be flat to install gear case on mower deck. 28. Install shims (D). Align marks made during disassembly and install input shaft assembly into gear case (C). 29. Install four cap screws and lock plates (A) and tighten to 30 N·m (22 lb-ft). -UN-24FEB95 30. Hold output shaft securely and check input shaft backlash. Backlash should be within 0.076—0.130 mm (0.003—0.005 in.). If necessary, remove cap and input shaft assembly and add or remove shims (D) as needed. M77329 31. Again, remove four cap screws and lock plates (A) and cap and input shaft assembly. Input Shaft Side 32. Clean mating surfaces of cap, shims and gear case using Clean and Cure Primer. Apply a bead of Form-In-Place Gasket, or an equivalant, between inside edge of top shim and lip on cap (B). MX,15908015,40 -19-13MAR95 34. AFTER installing gear case on mower deck, fill gear case to proper level with John Deere API GL-5 Gear Oil. -UN-24FEB95 35. Install plugs (A and B). M77328 80 15 18 33. Align and install cap and input shaft assembly into gear case. Install four cap screws and lock plates (A) and tighten to 30 N·m (22 lb-ft). Bend lock plates up around cap screws. A—Cap Screw and Lock Plate (4 used) B—Cap C—Gear Case D—Shims (as required) E—Seal F—Bearing Cup G—Bearing Cone H—Input Shaft I—Spring Pin J—Bevel Gear K—Bearing Cone L—Key MX,15908015,18 -19-22FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-18 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/Later 60-Inch Mower (Peerless) DISASSEMBLE AND INSPECT MOWER GEAR CASE—LATER 60-INCH MOWER (PEERLESS) M77311 -UN-24FEB95 1. Remove drain plugs (A and B) and drain oil from gear case. MX,15908015,19 -19-22FEB95 2. Remove four cap screws (A) and input shaft assembly. 3. Remove lock nut (B), washer (C) and bevel gear (E) and bearing from shaft. NOTE: Bearing cone is press-fit on bevel gear. Remove bearing cone only if replacement is necessary. Bearing cone, cup in pillow block and shim(s) are matched and must be replaced as complete assemblies. 4. Inspect bearing cone (D) for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. 5. Remove bearing cone from bevel gear using a knife-edge puller and a press. -UN-24FEB95 6. Remove shim(s) (F) and key (G). M77312 A—Cap Screw (4 used) B—Lock Nut C—Washer D—Bearing Cone E—Bevel Gear F—Shim (as required) G—Key Input Shaft Side MX,15908015,20 -19-13MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-19 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 80 15 19 Mower Gear Case Repair/Later 60-Inch Mower (Peerless) 7. Press on threaded end of input shaft (C) to remove seal (A) and input shaft assembly from pillow block (H). NOTE: Bearing cone is press-fit on input shaft. Remove bearing only if replacement is necessary. Bearing cups are press-fit in pillow block. Remove cups only if replacement is necessary. Bearing cones and cups are matched and must be replaced as complete assemblies. 8. Inspect bearing cone (D) and cups (F and G) for wear or damage. Replace as necessary. 9. Remove snap ring (B) and press shaft (C) from bearing (D). -UN-24FEB95 10. Remove bearing cups (F and G) using a brass drift or punch and hammer. 11. Remove O-ring (E). M77313 A—Seal B—Snap Ring C—Input Shaft D—Bearing Cone E—O-Ring F—Bearing Cup G—Bearing Cup H—Pillow Block Input Shaft Assembly MX,15908015,21 -19-13MAR95 80 15 20 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-20 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/Later 60-Inch Mower (Peerless) 12. Remove vent plug (A) from retainer (G). 13. Remove four cap screws (B). Remove retainer (G) and output shaft assembly (K) by tapping on end of shaft with a rubber mallet. 14. Remove output shaft assembly (K) from retainer (G). 15. Remove O-ring (F) and shim (C) from retainer (G). IMPORTANT: Remove and discard crush ring (E). A new crush ring must be installed during assembly to achieve proper output shaft end play. 16. Remove bearing cup (D) and crush ring (E). Discard crush ring. -UN-24FEB95 17. Pry out seal (H). NOTE: Bearing cup is press-fit in gear case. Remove bearing cup only if replacement is necessary. 18. Inspect bearing cups (D and I) for wear or damage. Replace as necessary. 19. Remove bearing cup (I) using a brass drift or punch and hammer. M77314 Bearing cones and cups are matched and must be replaced as complete assemblies. Output Shaft Side A—Vent Plug B—Cap Screw (4 used) C—Shim (as required) D—Bearing Cup E—Crush Ring F—O-Ring G—Retainer H—Seal I—Bearing Cup J—Gear Case K—Output Shaft Assembly 80 15 21 MX,15908015,22 -19-13MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-21 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/Later 60-Inch Mower (Peerless) NOTE: Bearing cones are press-fit on output shaft. Remove bearings only if replacement is necessary. Bearing cones and cups are matched and must be replaced as complete assemblies. 20. Inspect bearing cones (A and D) for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. 21. Press shaft (C) from bearing cone (A). Remove snap ring (B). 22. Remove bearing cone (D) from shaft (C) using a knife-edge puller and a press. 23. Remove shims (E), bevel gear (F), snap ring (G) and key (H). M77315 A—Bearing Cone B—Snap Ring C—Output Shaft D—Bearing Cone E—Shims (as required) F—Bevel Gear G—Snap Ring H—Key -UN-24FEB95 24. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as necessary. Output Shaft Assembly MX,15908015,23 -19-13MAR95 80 15 22 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-22 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/Later 60-Inch Mower (Peerless) ASSEMBLE MOWER GEAR CASE—LATER 60-INCH MOWER (PEERLESS) IMPORTANT: Always use new seals and O-rings. Damaged or used parts will leak. NOTE: Lubricate all O-rings with petroleum jelly during assembly. Apply clean gear case oil on all internal parts during assembly. 1. Install snap ring (G) in first groove under keyway for key (H). 2. Install key (H), bevel gear (F) and shims (E). Install bevel gear on shaft with shoulder facing away from snap ring (G). -UN-24FEB95 3. Press bearing cone (D) on output shaft (C) with small O.D. facing away from shims (E). Install bearing cone until it bottoms against shims. 5. Press bearing cone (A) on output shaft with small O.D. facing away from bevel gear (F). Install bearing until it bottoms against snap ring. M77315 4. Install snap ring (B). Output Shaft Assembly A—Bearing Cone B—Snap Ring C—Output Shaft D—Bearing Cone E—Shims (as required) F—Bevel Gear G—Snap Ring H—Key 80 15 23 MX,15908015,24 -19-13MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-23 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/Later 60-Inch Mower (Peerless) 6. Install new bearing cup (I), if removed, into gear case (J) using a driver set. 7. Press new seal (H) into gear case (J) until top of seal is recessed 2.54 mm (0.100 in.) below gear case surface. 8. Apply multipurpose grease to lip of seal. 9. Install vent plug (A). IMPORTANT: A new crush ring must be installed during assembly. The ring collapses when retainer is tightened to gear case to achieve proper output shaft end play. 10. Install new crush ring (E) and bearing cup (D). -UN-24FEB95 11. Install shim (C) and new O-ring (F). IMPORTANT: Tape end of output shaft to prevent seal damage during shaft installation. M77314 12. Apply tape around end of output shaft. 13. Install output shaft assembly (K) into gear case (J). Remove tape. 14. Install retainer assembly and four cap screws (B). Tighten cap screws to 30 N·m (22 lb-ft). 80 15 24 Output Shaft Side A—Vent Plug B—Cap Screw (4 used) C—Shim (as required) D—Bearing Cup E—Crush Ring F—O-Ring G—Retainer H—Seal I—Bearing Cup J—Gear Case K—Output Shaft Assembly MX,15908015,25 -19-13MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-24 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/Later 60-Inch Mower (Peerless) 15. Install new bearing cups (F and G), if removed, using a driver set. Press into pillow block (H) until seated against housing. 16. Install snap ring (B) onto input shaft (C). 17. Press bearing cone (D) on input shaft with small O.D. facing away from snap ring (B). Install bearing until it bottoms againt snap ring. IMPORTANT: Tape end of input shaft to prevent seal damage during seal installation. 18. Apply tape around large end of input shaft. 19. Install input shaft assembly into pillow block (H). 20. Apply multipurpose grease to lip of new seal (A). -UN-24FEB95 21. Press new seal (A) into pillow block (H) until top of seal is recessed 2.54 mm (0.100 in.) below pillow block surface. Remove tape from end of shaft. M77313 22. Install new O-ring (E). A—Seal B—Snap Ring C—Input Shaft D—Bearing Cone E—O-Ring F—Bearing Cup G—Bearing Cup H—Pillow Block Input Shaft Assembly MX,15908015,26 -19-13MAR95 80 15 25 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-25 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/Later 60-Inch Mower (Peerless) 23. Install shim (F) on bevel gear (E). 24. Press bearing cone (D) on bevel gear (E) with small O.D. facing away from bevel gear. Install bearing until it bottoms against shim. 25. Install key (G) into input shaft. 26. Install bevel gear assembly onto input shaft. IMPORTANT: DO NOT overtighten lock nut (B). Overtightening can damage bearing cone (D). 27. Install washer (C) and lock nut (B). Tighten lock nut until there is zero endplay in input shaft. 28. Install input shaft assembly into gear case. M77312 A—Cap Screw (4 used) B—Lock Nut C—Washer D—Bearing Cone E—Bevel Gear F—Shim (as required) G—Key -UN-24FEB95 29. Install four cap screws (A) and tighten to 30 N·m (22 lb-ft). Input Shaft Side MX,15908015,27 -19-13MAR95 30. AFTER installing gear case on mower deck, fill gear case to proper level with John Deere API GL-5 Gear Oil. -UN-24FEB95 31. Install plugs (A and B). M77311 80 15 26 MX,15908015,28 -19-13MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-26 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/260 Rotary Mower DISASSEMBLE AND INSPECT MOWER GEAR CASE—260 ROTARY MOWER M77323 -UN-24FEB95 1. Remove drain plugs (A and B) and drain oil from gear case. MX,15908015,29 -19-22FEB95 80 15 27 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-27 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/260 Rotary Mower 2. Remove four cap screws (A). 3. Remove output shaft assembly and housing from gear case (B). 4. Remove shims (C). 5. Punch a hole in seal (D) and pry out of housing (L). 6. Bend out exterior locking tab on toothed washer (E) from lock nut (F). 7. Turn lock nut (F) counterclockwise using a hammer and punch. Remove lock nut. 8. Bend interior locking tab on toothed washer (E) away from groove in shaft (I). Remove toothed washer. -UN-24FEB95 9. Remove tabbed washer (G) and bearing cone (H). 10. Remove output shaft assembly (I) from housing (L). Bearing cones and cups are matched and must be replaced as complete assemblies. M77324 NOTE: Bearing cups are press-fit in housing. Remove bearing cups only if replacement is necessary. Output Shaft Side 11. Inspect bearing cups (K and J) for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. A—Cap Screw (4 used) B—Gear Case C—Shims (as required) D—Seal E—Toothed Washer F—Lock Nut G—Tabbed Washer H—Bearing Cone I—Output Shaft Assembly J—Bearing Cup K—Bearing Cup L—Housing M32175 80 15 28 -UN-27FEB95 12. Remove bearing cups using a brass drift or punch and hammer. MX,15908015,30 -19-22FEB95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-28 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/260 Rotary Mower 13. Remove bearing cone (A) from shaft (B) using a knife-edge puller and a press. 14. Remove c-ring (C), locking collar (D), bevel gear (E) and key (F). 15. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as necessary. M77325 -UN-24FEB95 A—Bearing Cone B—Output Shaft C—C-Ring D—Locking Collar E—Bevel Gear F—Key Output Shaft Assembly MX,15908015,31 -19-22FEB95 80 15 29 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-29 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/260 Rotary Mower 16. Remove four cap screws (A). 17. Remove input shaft assembly (B) from gear case (C). 18. Remove four cap screws (D), end cap (E) and shims (F). 19. Remove vent plug (H) and adapter (I). NOTE: Bearing cup is press-fit in end cap. Remove bearing cup only if replacement is necessary. Bearing cones and cups are matched and must be replaced as complete assemblies. 20. Inspect bearing cup (G) for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. M77326 A—Cap Screw (4 used) B—Input Shaft Assembly C—Gear Case D—Cap Screw (4 used) E—End Cap F—Shims (as required) G—Bearing Cup H—Vent Plug I—Adapter -UN-24FEB95 21. Remove bearing cup (G) using a slide hammer and a three-jaw puller. Input Shaft Side MX,15908015,32 -19-22FEB95 80 15 30 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-30 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/260 Rotary Mower 22. Remove input shaft assembly from cap (A). 23. Remove shims (B). 24. Remove seal (C) using a punch and hammer. NOTE: Bearing cup is press-fit in cap. Remove bearing cup only if replacement is necessary. Bearing cups and cones are matched and must be replaced as complete assemblies. 25. Inspect bearing cup (D) for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. 26. Remove bearing cup using a brass drift or punch and hammer. -UN-24FEB95 27. Press shaft (E) from bearing cone (F). 28. Press shaft (E) from bevel gear (G) and bearing cone (H). 30. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as necessary. M77327 29. Remove key (I). Input Shaft Assembly A—Cap B—Shims (as required) C—Seal D—Bearing Cup E—Input Shaft F—Bearing Cone G—Bevel Gear H—Bearing Cone I—Key 80 15 31 MX,15908015,33 -19-29MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-31 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/260 Rotary Mower ASSEMBLE MOWER GEAR CASE—260 ROTARY MOWER IMPORTANT: Always use new seals. Damaged or used seals will leak. NOTE: Apply clean gear case oil on all internal parts during assembly. 1. Install key (I) into input shaft (E). 2. Press bevel gear (G), tapered end first, onto shaft (E) until started. 3. Press bearing cone (H) on shaft with small O.D. facing away from bevel gear (G). Install both bearing cone and bevel gear until bearing bottoms against shaft. -UN-24FEB95 4. Press bearing cone (F) onto other end of input shaft (E) with small O.D. facing away from bevel gear. 5. Press new seal (C) into cap (A) until top of seal is flush with first recess inside cap. M77327 IMPORTANT: Do not press seal in until seated or bottomed out. Seal will become damaged and will leak. Input Shaft Assembly 6. Apply multipurpose grease to lip of seal. 7. Install new bearing cup (D), if removed, using a driver set. 80 15 32 IMPORTANT: Tape end of input shaft to prevent seal damage during shaft installation. 8. Apply tape around end of input shaft. A—Cap B—Shims (as required) C—Seal D—Bearing Cup E—Input Shaft F—Bearing Cone G—Bevel Gear H—Bearing Cone I—Key 9. Assemble input shaft assembly and cap (A). Remove tape. 10. Install shims (B) on cap (A). MX,15908015,34 -19-29MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-32 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/260 Rotary Mower 11. Install new bearing cup (G), if removed, into end cap (E) using a driver set. 12. Install shims (F) onto end cap (E). 13. Clean mating surfaces of cap, shims and gear case using Clean and Cure Primer. Apply a bead of Form-In-Place Gasket, or an equivalant, between inside edge of top shim and flange on end cap (E). 14. Install end cap and four cap screws (D) onto gear case (C). Tighten cap screws to 30 N·m (22 lb-ft). 15. Install input shaft assembly (B) into gear case (C). 16. Install four cap screws (A) and tighten to 30 N·m (22 lb-ft). -UN-24FEB95 17. Check input shaft endplay. Endplay should be within 0.025—0.076 mm (0.001—0.003 in.). If necessary, remove four cap screws (D) and end cap (E) and add or remove shims (F) as needed. 19. Clean mating surfaces of cap, shims and gear case using Clean and Cure Primer. Apply a bead of Form-In-Place Gasket, or an equivalant, between inside edge of top shim and flange on cap. 20. Install input shaft assembly and four cap screws (D). Tighten cap screws to 30 N·m (22 lb-ft). 21. Install adapter (I) and vent plug (H). M77326 18. Remove input shaft assembly (B). Input Shaft Side A—Cap Screw (4 used) B—Input Shaft Assembly C—Gear Case D—Cap Screw (4 used) E—End Cap F—Shims (as required) G—Bearing Cup H—Vent Plug I—Adapter 80 15 33 MX,15908015,35 -19-29MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-33 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/260 Rotary Mower 22. Install key (F) and bevel gear (E) on shaft (B). Install bevel gear with shoulder end toward threaded end of shaft. 23. Install locking collar (D) with groove facing away from bevel gear. Install c-ring (C). 24. Press bearing cone (A) on shaft with small O.D. facing away from bevel gear (E). Install bearing until it bottoms locking collar (D) against c-ring (C). M77325 -UN-24FEB95 A—Bearing Cone B—Output Shaft C—C-Ring D—Locking Collar E—Bevel Gear F—Key Output Shaft Assembly MX,15908015,36 -19-13MAR95 80 15 34 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-34 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/260 Rotary Mower 25. Install new bearing cups (K and J), if removed, into housing (L) using a driver set. 26. Install output shaft assembly (I) into housing (L). 27. Slide bearing cone (H) on shaft with small O.D. facing toward housing (L). 28. Install tabbed washer (G) and toothed washer (E). Press internal tab on toothed washer (E) into slot on shaft using a screwdriver. 29. Install lock nut (F). Tighten lock nut, using a punch and hammer, until there is zero endplay in output shaft. Bend up one tab from toothed washer (E), that is in alignment with a slot in lock nut (F), to secure nut in place. -UN-24FEB95 IMPORTANT: Tape end of output shaft to prevent seal damage during shaft installation. 30. Apply tape around end of output shaft. 32. Press new seal (D) into housing (L) until seal is flush with top of housing. Remove tape. M77324 31. Apply multipurpose grease to lip of seal. Output Shaft Side 33. Install shims (C) on housing (L). 34. Install output shaft assembly and housing into gear case (B). 35. Install four cap screws (A) and tighten to 30 N·m (22 lb-ft). 36. Hold input shaft securely and check output shaft backlash. Backlash should be within 0.076—0.130 mm (0.003—0.005 in.). If necessary, remove four cap screws (A) and housing and output shaft assembly and add or remove shims (C) as needed. A—Cap Screw (4 used) B—Gear Case C—Shims (as required) D—Seal E—Toothed Washer F—Lock Nut G—Tabbed Washer H—Bearing Cone I—Output Shaft Assembly J—Bearing Cup K—Bearing Cup L—Housing 80 15 35 37. Again, remove four cap screws (A) and housing and output shaft assembly. 38. Clean mating surfaces of housing, shims and gear case using Clean and Cure Primer. Apply a bead of Form-In-Place Gasket, or an equivalant, between inside edge of top shim and flange on housing (L). 39. Install housing and output shaft assembly into gear case. Install four cap screws (A) and tighten to 30 N·m (22 lb-ft). MX,15908015,37 -19-13MAR95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-35 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Mower Gear Case Repair/260 Rotary Mower 40. AFTER installing gear case on mower deck, fill gear case to proper level with John Deere API GL-5 Gear Oil. M77323 -UN-24FEB95 41. Install plugs (A and B). MX,15908015,38 -19-13MAR95 80 15 36 TM1591 (15JUL95) 80-15-36 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Section 220 ENGINE, FUEL AND AIR SYSTEM CHECKOUT AND DIAGNOSIS Contents Page Page Group 05—Engine, Fuel and Air System Checkout Before You Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Oil Leak Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Cooling System Leak Check . . . . Air Cleaner and Radiator Screen Check . . Fan and Belt Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Throttle Lever Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Governor Linkage Check . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Start Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Choke Lever Check (Early 322) . . . . . . . Fuel Shutoff Lever Check (330) . . . . . . . Engine Oil Pressure Check . . . . . . . . . . Engine Performance Check . . . . . . . . . . Operator Complaint Not Identified . . . . . . 220-05-1 220-05-1 220-05-2 220-05-2 220-05-3 220-05-3 220-05-4 220-05-5 220-05-6 220-05-6 220-05-7 220-05-7 220-05-7 220-05-8 Bleed Fuel Injection System . . Compression Pressure Test . . Engine Oil Pressure Test . . . Idle Speed Adjustment . . . . . Cooling System Pressure Test Fuel Controller Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220-11-8 220-11-10 220-11-11 220-11-12 220-11-14 220-11-15 Group 10—Diagnosis, Tests and Adjustments—322 About This Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220-10-1 Troubleshooting Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220-10-1 Radiator Bubble Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220-10-5 Throttle Lever Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 220-10-5 Carburetor Idle Mixture Screw Adjustment . 220-10-6 Governor Linkage and Idle Speed Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220-10-6 Throttle Cable Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 220-10-7 Fuel Transfer Pump Test . . . . . . . . . . . . 220-10-8 Choke Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220-10-8 Engine Oil Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . 220-10-11 Ignition Spark Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220-10-11 Cooling System Pressure Test . . . . . . . 220-10-12 Compression Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . 220-10-12 220 Group 11—Diagnosis, Tests and Adjustments—330, 332 and 430 About This Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220-11-1 Troubleshooting Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220-11-2 Radiator Bubble Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220-11-6 Throttle Lever Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 220-11-6 Throttle Cable Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 220-11-6 Fuel Transfer Pump Test . . . . . . . . . . . . 220-11-7 TM1591 (15JUL95) 220-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Contents 220 TM1591 (15JUL95) 220-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Group 05 Engine, Fuel and Air System Checkout BEFORE YOU START Always begin with this group to identify a failure in the engine, fuel or air system. The step-by-step procedures will provide you with a quick check of the system. No special tools are required to perform these checks. If a failure is indicated, you will be referred to a more detailed check, adjustment, or test. NOTE: When instructed to “turn the key switch ON”: 322 and 430; Turn the key switch to the “RUN” position. 330 and 332; Turn the key switch to the “ON” position. Always start with the first step and follow the sequence from left to right. Read each step completely before performing the check. For clarity in this section, machines including and before serial numbers listed below will be referred to as “Early Models”. Machines including and after serial number listed below will be referred to as “Later Models”. This procedure is designed as a quick check of the system. While performing the check, concentrate only on the check you are performing and disregard signals from unrelated components. Later model machines have a brake switch added to the neutral start circuit, which is activated by depressing the brake pedals. NOTE: 322 (S.N. —010713); Manual choke. 322 (S.N. 010714— ); Automatic choke. MODEL 322 330 332 430 EARLY (S.N. (S.N. (S.N. (S.N. —596005) —420000) —475000) —596047) LATER (S.N. 596006— ) N/A (S.N. 475001— ) (S.N. 596048— ) MX,159122005,1A-19-13JUL95 ; ENGINE OIL LEAK CHECK Check engine oil level, condition and viscosity. LOOK: Oil level must be between add and full marks. LOOK: Oil must not look “milky”. SMELL: Oil must not smell burned. M44146 -UN-08JAN90 If oil level is low, add oil. Inspect for external oil leakage from oil pan gasket, drain plug, valve cover gasket, seals, dipstick and oil filter. Repair as necessary. OK: GO TO ‘ NOT OK: OIL LOOKS “MILKY” (Indicates water in oil): 322; GO TO ‘, Group 10 330, 332 and 430; GO TO ‘, Group 11 OIL SMELLS BURNED: (Indicates cooling system malfunction) GO TO ‘ MX,159122005,1 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 220-05-1 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 220 05 1 Engine, Fuel and Air System Checkout/Air Cleaner and Radiator Screen Check ‘ ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM LEAK CHECK N CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE RADIATOR CAP UNLESS ENGINE IS COOL. THEN TURN CAP SLOWLY TO THE STOP. RELEASE ALL PRESSURE BEFORE YOU REMOVE CAP. Remove radiator cap and check coolant level and condition. LISTEN: If radiator is warmer than air temperature a “whoosh” must be heard when radiator cap is opened to first stop position. LOOK: The radiator cap must have a good seal and gasket. The seal must move freely and the spring must not be corroded. M49179 -UN-20DEC89 LOOK: The coolant must not be oily, foamy, or rusty. LOOK: Inspect for external leakage from radiator, water pump, thermostat cover and radiator hoses. OK: GO TO Æ NOT OK: RADIATOR CAP DEFECTIVE: Replace cap. COOLANT OILY OR FOAMY: 322; GO TO ‘, Group 10 330, 332 and 430; GO TO ‘, Group 11 COOLANT RUSTY: Drain, flush, and put in new coolant. COOLING SYSTEM LEAKS OR RADIATOR FINS BENT OR CLOGGED: Repair, replace or clean as necessary, then GO TO Æ. LOOK: Inspect radiator for bent or clogged fins. MX,159122005,2 -19-13JUL95 Æ Remove air cleaner cover. AIR CLEANER AND RADIATOR SCREEN CHECK Clean or replace as required, then GO TO Å Inspect air cleaner, grill and radiator screen for debris or plugged condition. M49176 -UN-20DEC89 MX,159122005,3 -19-13JUL95 220 05 2 TM1591 (15JUL95) 220-05-2 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Engine, Fuel and Air System Checkout/Throttle Lever Check Å FAN AND BELT CHECK Inspect fan blade, belts, and sheaves for damage. LOOK: Fan belt deflection should be approximately 13 mm (0.500 in.) when a 10—11 kg (22—24 lb) force is applied midway between alternator and crankshaft sheave. Check fan for loose mounting cap screws. Check crankshaft sheave to be sure it is not slipping on the crankshaft. LOOK: Fan belt must not have any cracks or contact bottom of sheave grooves. T6171CA -UN-25MAY89 OK: GO TO Ö NOT OK: Adjust fan belt as necessary. FAN BELT WORN, OILY, OR DAMAGED; Clean or replace as necessary. FAN ON BACKWARDS; Remove and install fan correctly. LOOK: Make sure there is no oil on belt. After making necessary repairs or adjustments, LOOK: Cupped side of then GO TO Ö fan blades must be away from radiator and mounting cap screws must be tight. NOTE: If the fan blade has been installed backwards about 50% of its capacity is lost. T6171CB -UN-25MAY89 MX,159122005,4 -19-13JUL95 Ö Move throttle lever from slow idle position to fast idle position. THROTTLE LEVER CHECK FEEL: Throttle lever must move smoothly with a slight drag. M49006 TM1591 (15JUL95) -UN-08JAN90 OK: 322; GO TO 6a 330, 332 and 430; GO TO 6b 220 05 3 NOT OK: 322; GO TO Æ, Group 10 330, 332 and 430; GO TO Æ, Group 11 MX,159122005,5 -19-13JUL95 220-05-3 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Engine, Fuel and Air System Checkout/Governor Linkage Check Ò GOVERNOR LINKAGE CHECK MX,159122005,6 -19-13JUL95 6a 322 Remove left engine side panel. Move throttle lever to slow idle position. LOOK: Carburetor governor linkage must be against stop (A). M49006 -UN-08JAN90 M44150 -UN-08JAN90 Move throttle lever to fast idle position. LOOK: If bracket is equipped with more than one hole, spring (A) must be in outer hole. LOOK: Carburetor governor linkage must be against stop (A). M44151 6b -UN-08JAN90 330, 332 and 430 M44152 -UN-08JAN90 Remove left engine side panel. OK: GO TO 7a NOT OK: GO TO Ö, Group 10. MX,159122005,7 -19-13JUL95 Move throttle lever on instrument panel to slow idle. OK: GO TO 7b NOT OK: GO TO Å, Group 11. 220 05 4 LOOK: Injection pump lever (A) must strike slow idle stop screw (B). M49180 -UN-20DEC89 Move throttle lever on instrument panel to fast idle. FEEL: Injection pump lever (A) must strike fast idle stop screw. (Located inside governor housing). MX,159122005,8 -19-13JUL95 TM1591 (15JUL95) 220-05-4 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Engine, Fuel and Air System Checkout/Fuel System Check Õ FUEL SYSTEM CHECK MX,159122005,9 -19-13JUL95 7a 322 Turn key switch to RUN position. LISTEN: Fuel pump must run making a “ticking” sound. OK: GO TO 8a NOT OK: Fuel pump not OK; GO TO Section 240. No fuel in filter; GO TO Õ, GROUP 10. M49009 -UN-08JAN90 LOOK: Fuel level in filter must rise when fuel transfer pump is turned on. M44154 -UN-08JAN90 MX,159122005,10-19-13JUL95 7b 330, 332 and 430 Be sure fuel tank has the correct grade of diesel fuel in it. LISTEN: Fuel pump must run making a “ticking” sound. Turn key switch to ON/RUN position. LOOK: 332 and 430; Fuel shutoff solenoid must pull in and hold. OK: GO TO 8b NOT OK: Go to Section 240. M49009 -UN-08JAN90 MX,159122005,11-19-13JUL95 220 05 5 TM1591 (15JUL95) 220-05-5 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Engine, Fuel and Air System Checkout/Choke Lever Check (Early 322) Ú ENGINE START CHECK MX,159122005,12-19-13JUL95 8a 322 Operator on seat. Turn key to START position. Put hydrostatic control lever in N/STOP position. LISTEN: Starter must crank. Engine must start. OK: Early Models with choke lever, GO TO Ü Later Models without choke lever, GO TO 1! PTO switch OFF. NOT OK: Later Models; Depress brake pedals. M49177 STARTER DOES NOT CRANK; GO TO Section 240. -UN-20DEC89 STARTER CRANKS BUT ENGINE WILL NOT START; GO TO A, Group 10. MX,159122005,13-19-13JUL95 8b 330, 332 and 430 Operator on seat. Put hydrostatic control lever in N/STOP position. PTO switch OFF. Later Models; Depress brake pedal(s). M49177 -UN-20DEC89 Turn key to ON/RUN OK: position. After glow plug 332 and 430; GO TO lamp goes off, turn key 1! to START. 330; GO TO 1Ô LISTEN: Starter must crank. Engine must NOT OK: start. STARTER DOES NOT CRANK; GO TO Section 240. STARTER CRANKS BUT ENGINE WILL NOT START; GO TO A, Group 11. 220 05 6 MX,159122005,14-19-13JUL95 Ü Start and run engine at half throttle. CHOKE LEVER CHECK (EARLY 322) Quickly pull choke knob fully out, then push in. M49178 TM1591 (15JUL95) -UN-20DEC89 LISTEN: Engine must falter, then resume speed. OK: GO TO 1! NOT OK: GO TO Ú, Group 10. MX,159122005,15-19-13JUL95 220-05-6 322,330,332 & 430 Lawn & Garden Tractors 030895 Engine, Fuel and Air System Checkout/Engine Performance Check 1Ô Start and run engine at half throttle. FUEL SHUTOFF LEVER CHECK (330) Quickly pull fuel shutoff knob fully out, then push in. M79120 1! 1! NOT OK: Inspect MX,15912200515A-19-13JUL95 Start and run engine at half throttle. ENGINE OIL PRESSURE CHECK OK: GO TO linkage for binding. Replace if necessary. -UN-21JUN95 OK: GO TO 1@ NOT OK: LOOK: Immediately after engine starts oil pressure lamp (A) must go off. M79121 1@ LISTEN: Engine must falter, then resume speed. OIL PRESSURE LAMP STAYS ON; Test oil pressure switch. See Section 240. If switch is OK and lamp is still on: 322; GO TO Ü, Group 10 330, 332 and 430; GO TO Ú, Group 11 -UN-21JUN95 MX,159122005,16-19-13JUL95 N CAUTION: ENGINE EXHAUST FUMES CAN CAUSE SICKNESS OR DEATH. IF RUNNING AN ENGINE IN AN ENCLOSED AREA, REMOVE THE EXHAUST FUMES FROM THE AREA WITH AN EXHAUST PIPE EXTENSION. IF YOU DO NOT HAVE AN EXHAUST PIPE EXTENSION, OPEN THE DOORS AND GET OUTSIDE AIR INTO THE AREA. ENGINE PERFORMANCE CHECK MX,159122005,17-19-13JUL95 1
Source Exif Data:File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.4 Linearized : No Create Date : 0000:01:01 00:00:00Z Creator : VERSACOMP R03.6E9 Modify Date : 2005:08:08 11:08:08-03:00 Page Count : 566 Page Mode : UseOutlines Creation Date : 0-01-01T00:00:00Z Producer : MASTER Mod Date : 2005:08:08 11:08:08-03:00 Metadata Date : 2005:08:08 11:08:08-03:00EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools